NBT BANCORP INC
10-K405, 1999-03-16
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: NBT BANCORP INC, DEF 14A, 1999-03-16
Next: MERRILL LYNCH EUROFUND, N-30B-2, 1999-03-16



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549
                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
 X  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.
                          OR
___ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _______ to _______

                         Commission file number 0-14703

                                NBT BANCORP INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                         DELAWARE            16-1268674
            (State of Incorporation)(IRS Employer Identification No.)

                 52 SOUTH BROAD STREET, NORWICH, NEW YORK 13815
               (Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

        Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 607-337-6000

        Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                    Common Stock, No Par, $1.00 Stated Value
                   Preferred Stock, No Par, $1.00 Stated Value
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best  of  the  Registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  FORM  10-K or any
amendment to this FORM 10-K. _X_.
There are no delinquent filers to the Registrant's knowledge.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  periods that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_ No ___

As of  February  28,  1999,  there were  12,396,134  shares  outstanding  of the
Registrant's  common  stock,  No Par,  Stated Value $1.00;  of which  11,939,628
common shares having a market value of $267,925,252  were held by  nonaffiliates
of the Registrant.  There were no shares of the Registrant's preferred stock, No
Par, Stated Value $1.00, outstanding at that date.

                       Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the Proxy Statement of NBT BANCORP INC. dated March 17, 1999 for the
Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 17, 1999 are  incorporated by
reference into Part III of this FORM 10-K as detailed therein.

An index to exhibits follows the signature page of this Form 10-K.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

<S>      <C>        <C>                                                                                             <C> 
Part I.   Item 1    Business
                    Description of Business                                                                          II-3,4
                    Average Balance Sheets                                                                             II-9
                    Net Interest Income Analysis - Taxable Equivalent Basis                                            II-9
                    Net Interest Income and Volume/Rate Variance - Taxable Equivalent Basis                           II-10
                    Securities Portfolio                                                                              II-13
                    Securities - Maturity/Yield Schedule                                                              II-33
                    Loans                                                                                             II-13
                    Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates                                II-14
                    Nonperforming and Risk Assets                                                                     II-14
                    Allowance for Loan Losses                                                                         II-11
                    Maturity Distribution of Time Deposits                                                            II-15
                    Return on Equity and Assets                                                                        II-5
                    Short-Term Borrowings                                                                          II-35,36
          Item 2    Properties                                                                                        II-20
          Item 3    Legal Proceedings
                    In  the  normal   course  of  business   there  are  various
                    outstanding   legal   proceedings.   In  the   opinion   of
                    management,   the   aggregate   amount   involved  in  such
                    proceedings  is not material to the financial  condition or
                    results of operations of the Company.
          Item 4    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
                    There  has  been  no  submission  of  matters  to a vote  of
                    stockholders during the quarter ended December 31, 1998.
Part II.  Item 5    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters                    II-15,16,38
          Item 6    Selected Financial Data                                                                            II-5
          Item 7    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation       II-5 thru 19
          Item 7A   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk                                 II-16 thru 18
          Item 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
                    Consolidated  Balance  Sheets at December  31, 1998 and 1997                                      II-24  
                    Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for each of the years in three-year period ended
                     December 31, 1998                                                                                II-25
                    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the years in the
                     three-year period ended December 31, 1998                                                        II-26
                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year
                     period ended December 31, 1998                                                                   II-27
                    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the
                     three-year period ended December 31, 1998                                                        II-28
                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                II-29 thru 45
                    Independent Auditors' Report                                                                      II-23
          Item 9    Changes  in  and   Disagreements   with   Accountants  on
                    Accounting  and  Financial  Disclosure  There  have  been no
                    changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting
                    and financial disclosures.
Part III. Item 10   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                                                    *
          Item 11   Executive Compensation                                                                                *
          Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management                                        *
          Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                                        *
Part  IV. Item 14   Exhibits,  Financial  Statement  Schedules,  and
                    Reports on 8-K 
                    (a)(1)  Financial  Statements (See Item 8 for Reference).
                       (2)  Financial  Statement  Schedules normally required
                            on Form  10-K  are  omitted  since  they  are not applicable.
                       (3)  Exhibits  have  been  filed  separately  with  the
                            Commission and are available upon written request.
                    (b)     No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the last
                            quarter of the period covered by this report.
                    (c)     Refer to item 14(a)(3) above.
                    (d)     Refer to item 14(a)(2) above.
<FN>
* Information  called for by Part III (Items 10 through 13) is  incorporated  by
reference to the  Registrant's  Proxy  Statement for the 1999 Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

REGISTRANT
NBT  Bancorp  Inc.   ("Registrant")   is  a  registered   bank  holding  company
headquartered in Norwich, New York. The Registrant is the parent holding company
of NBT  Bank,  N.A.  ("Bank"),  a  national  bank.  The  principal  asset of the
Registrant is all of the outstanding  shares of common stock of the Bank and its
principal source of revenue is dividends it receives from the Bank.
         The Bank is a full service  commercial  bank providing a broad range of
financial  products.  The Bank has thirty-five  locations  serving a nine county
area in central and northern New York. As of December 31, 1998, the Bank had 452
full-time and 70 part-time employees.  The Bank is not a party to any collective
bargaining agreements, and employee relations are considered to be good.

COMPETITION
The banking  business is extremely  competitive and the Bank encounters  intense
competition  from other financial  institutions  located within its market area.
The Bank  competes  not only with  other  commercial  banks but also with  other
financial  institutions such as thrifts,  credit unions, money market and mutual
funds,  insurance  companies,  brokerage firms, and a variety of other companies
offering financial services.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
The Registrant,  as a bank holding company,  is regulated under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended  ("Act"),  and is subject to the  supervision of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB"). Generally, the Act
limits the  business  of bank  holding  companies  to  banking,  or  managing or
controlling banks, performing certain services for subsidiaries, and engaging in
such other  activities  as the FRB may  determine  to be so  closely  related to
banking as to be a proper  incident  thereto.  The  Registrant is a legal entity
separate and distinct from the Bank.  The principal  source of the  Registrant's
income is the  Bank's  earnings,  and the  principal  source of its cash flow is
dividends from the Bank.  Federal laws impose  limitations on the ability of the
Bank to pay  dividends  as  discussed  in the  Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.  FRB policy requires bank holding  companies to serve as a source of
financial  strength to their subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available
resources to provide  adequate  capital funds to subsidiary banks during periods
of financial stress or adversity.
         The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991
("FDICIA")  substantially  revised the  depository  institution  regulatory  and
funding  provisions of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act and made revisions to
several other federal  banking  statutes.  Among other things,  federal  banking
regulators  are  required  to  take  prompt  corrective  action  in  respect  of
depository  institutions that do not meet minimum capital  requirements.  FDICIA
identifies the following  capital  categories for financial  institutions:  well
capitalized,    adequately    capitalized,    undercapitalized,    significantly
undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.
         Rules adopted by the federal banking agencies under FDICIA provide that
an institution is deemed to be well  capitalized if the  institution has a ratio
of total capital to risk-weighted  assets of 10.0% or greater,  a Tier I capital
to risk-weighted  assets ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a Tier 1 capital to total
assets ratio of 5.0% or greater and the  institution is not subject to an order,
written agreement,  capital directive,  or prompt corrective action directive to
meet and  maintain a specific  level for any  capital  measure.  FDICIA  imposes
progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital
distributions,  depending  on the capital  category in which an  institution  is
classified.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Registrant  and the Bank  were  well
capitalized based on the ratios and guidelines noted above.
         The Act requires  prior  approval of the FRB of the  acquisition by the
Registrant  of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any bank or any other
bank holding  company.  The Act allows  adequately  capitalized  and  adequately
managed bank holding  companies to acquire control of banks in any state subject
to  certain  limitations.  An  interstate  acquisition  may not be  approved  if
immediately  before  the  acquisition  the  acquirer  controls  an  FDIC-insured
institution  or branch in the state of the  institution  to be acquired,  and if
immediately  following the  acquisition the acquirer would control 30 percent or
more of the total FDIC-insured deposits in that state; but a state may waive the
30-percent  limitation  by  statute,   regulation,   or  order,  or  by  certain
nondiscriminatory  administrative approvals. Likewise, an interstate acquisition
may not be approved if it would violate a deposit ceiling established by laws of
the state of the  institution to be acquired or if an acquirer  controls or upon
consummation  of the  acquisition  would  control  more  than  10% of the  total
deposits of insured  depository  institutions in the United States.  Laws of the
state of the  institution to be acquired which limit  institutions  eligible for
interstate  acquisition  to those in existence for a minimum period of time (not
to exceed five years) will also bar  approval of an  interstate  acquisition  if
nondiscriminatory.
         The Bank is subject to primary supervision, regulation, and examination
by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"),  whose regulations are

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
intended  primarily for the  protection of the Bank's  depositors  and customers
rather  than  holders  of the  Registrant's  securities.  The Bank is subject to
extensive  federal  statutes  and  regulations  that  significantly  affect  its
business  and  activities.  The Bank  must  file  reports  with  its  regulators
concerning its activities and financial condition and obtain regulatory approval
to enter  into  certain  transactions.  The  Bank is also  subject  to  periodic
examinations  by  the  OCC  to  ascertain  compliance  with  various  regulatory
requirements.  Other applicable  statutes and regulations relate to insurance of
deposits,   allowable  investments,   loans,   acceptance  of  deposits,   trust
activities, mergers, consolidations,  payment of dividends, capital requirements
and activities, reserves against deposits, establishment of branches and certain
other  facilities,  limitations on loans to one borrower and loans to affiliates
and  insiders,  and other  aspects of the business of banks.  Pursuant to recent
federal  legislation  the federal  banking  agencies  have adopted  standards or
guidelines  governing banks' internal controls,  information  systems,  internal
audit systems, loan documentation,  credit underwriting, interest rate exposure,
asset growth,  compensation and benefits,  asset quality and earnings as well as
other operational and managerial  standards deemed  appropriate by the agencies.
Regulatory  authorities have broad authority to initiate proceedings designed to
prohibit  banks from engaging in violations of law and regulation and unsafe and
unsound banking practices.

DEPOSIT INSURANCE AND OTHER ASSESSMENTS
To the extent allowable by law, the deposits of the Bank are insured by the Bank
Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC").
During 1995, BIF reached its statutory target of 1.25% of total insured deposits
and the BIF  assessment  rates were  reduced  from .23% to .04% for the  highest
rated banks. For 1996, the highest rated banks were not assessed on the level of
their  deposits but rather paid a minimum fee of $2,000 to BIF.  During 1997 and
1998,  BIF-assessable  deposits were subject to an assessment schedule providing
for an  assessment  range of 0% to .27%,  with banks in the lowest risk category
paying no assessments. The Bank was in the lowest risk category and paid no FDIC
insurance  assessments during 1997 and 1998. BIF assessment rates are subject to
semi-annual  adjustment  by the FDIC  Board  of  Directors.  The  FDIC  Board of
Directors has retained the 1997 and 1998 BIF  assessment  schedule  through June
30, 1999.
         In 1996,  Congress  enacted  the  Deposit  Insurance  Funds  Act  which
establishes a schedule to merge with BIF and Savings Association  Insurance Fund
("SAIF").  The act also  provides for funding  Financing  Corp  ("FICO")  bonds,
issued to provide funding for the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation
prior to 1991.  BIF-assessable deposits are subject to assessment for payment on
the FICO bond  obligation  at  one-fifth  the rate of  SAIF-assessable  deposits
through year-end 1999, or until the insurance funds are merged, whichever occurs
first.  The  FICO  assessment  is  adjusted   quarterly  based  on  call  report
submissions to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the respective  funds.
During 1998, BIF insured banks paid a rate of .012% for purposes of funding FICO
bond  obligations,  resulting in an  assessment  of $120,228  for the Bank.  The
assessment rate for BIF member  institutions  has been set at 1.22 basis points,
annually, for the first quarter of 1999.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except per share data)         1998           1997            1996           1995           1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                      <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>       
Interest and fee income                  $ 101,080     $   96,181      $   84,387     $   77,400      $   70,438
Interest expense                            43,677         42,522          36,365         34,840          25,742
Net interest income                         57,403         53,659          48,022         42,560          44,696
Provision for loan losses                    4,599          3,505           3,175          1,553           3,071
Noninterest income excluding
 securities gains (losses)                   9,355          8,403           7,683          6,957           6,484
Securities gains (losses)                      624           (337)          1,179            145             555
Noninterest expense                         39,128         35,170          34,422         33,024          38,674
Income before income taxes                  23,655         23,050          19,287         15,085           9,990
Net income                                  19,102         14,749          12,179          9,329           6,508
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PER COMMON SHARE*
Basic earnings                           $    1.52     $     1.18      $     0.98     $     0.72      $     0.50
Diluted earnings                         $    1.49     $     1.16      $     0.97     $     0.72      $     0.50
Cash dividends paid                      $    0.616    $     0.442     $     0.355    $     0.307     $     0.277
Stock dividends distributed                      5%             5%              5%             5%              5%
Book value at year-end                   $   10.52     $     9.77      $     8.65     $     8.47      $     7.56
Tangible book value at year-end          $    9.91     $     9.09      $     7.84     $     7.56      $     6.81
Average diluted common
 shares outstanding                         12,832         12,700          12,514         12,936          13,140
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT DECEMBER 31,
Assets available for sale                $ 358,645     $  443,918      $  373,337     $  399,625      $  119,398
Securities held to maturity                 35,095         36,139          42,239         40,311         272,466
Loans                                      821,505        735,482         654,593        588,385         574,718
Allowance for loan losses                   12,962         11,582          10,473          9,120           9,026
Assets                                   1,290,009      1,280,585       1,138,986      1,106,266       1,044,557
Deposits                                 1,044,205      1,014,183         916,319        873,032         791,443
Short-term borrowings                       96,589        134,527          88,244        115,945         140,587
Other borrowings                            10,171            183          20,195          3,012           8,734
Stockholders' equity                       130,632        123,343         106,264        108,044          98,307
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

KEY RATIOS
Return on average assets                      1.48%          1.20%           1.10%          0.90%           0.64%
Return on average equity                     14.93%         12.97%          11.80%          9.18%           6.53%
Average equity to average assets              9.93%          9.25%           9.29%          9.75%           9.88%
Net interest margin                           4.76%          4.67%           4.69%          4.43%           4.81%
Efficiency                                   57.92%         56.09%          60.74%         65.92%          70.22%
Cash dividend per share payout               41.34%         37.91%          36.50%         42.61%          56.13%
Tier 1 leverage
 (Regulatory guideline 3%)                    9.33%          8.91%           8.70%          8.80%           9.05%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
 (Regulatory guideline 4%)                   14.69%         14.88%          14.06%         15.21%          16.09%
Total risk-based capital
 (Regulatory guideline 8%)                   15.94%         16.13%          15.31%         16.46%          17.35%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

*All share and per share data has been restated to give retroactive effect to stock dividends and splits.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

The  purpose of this  discussion  and  analysis  is to provide the reader with a
concise  description of the financial condition and results of operations of NBT
Bancorp Inc.  (Bancorp) and its wholly owned  subsidiary,  NBT Bank, N.A. (Bank)
collectively  referred to herein as the Company.  This  discussion will focus on
results   of   operations,    financial   position,   capital   resources,   and
asset/liability management.

OVERVIEW
The Company achieved record operating  results during 1998. Net income increased
to $19.1 million,  a 29.5% increase over 1997 earnings of $14.7 million. A major
contributing  factor to the record  results  during 1998 was a $3.8  million net
benefit  resulting  from a  corporate  realignment.  Due to  the  nature  of the
realignment  and recent changes in the tax laws,  these tax benefits are limited
to 1998 and will not be  available in future  years.  Also  contributing  to the
improved  earnings  were  increases  in net  interest  and  noninterest  income,
partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.
         The increase in net interest  income was a result of the $56.2  million
(4.8%) growth in average earning assets, primarily due to loan volume increases.
Loan growth was experienced the commercial and mortgage  portfolios with average
volume increases of $46.9 million and $21.9 million, respectively.
         Deposits of $1,044.2  million at December 31, 1998,  were $30.0 million
higher than the previous  year-end.  Deposits  averaged $1,029.8 million for the
year, a 5.8%  increase  over 1997  average  deposits.  Demand and time  deposits
(certificates) accounted for the increase in average deposits.
         In June of 1998, the Company  distributed a four-for-three  stock split
effected in the form of a 33 1/3% stock dividend.  In December 1998, the Company
distributed  a 5% stock  dividend,  the  thirty-ninth  consecutive  year a stock
dividend has been declared. Throughout this report, amounts per common share and
common shares outstanding have been retroactively  adjusted to reflect the stock
dividends and splits.
         In July of 1998,  the  Company  announced  the  formation  of a venture
capital subsidiary,  NBT Capital Corp. The venture capital subsidiary,  licensed
as  a  Small   Business   Investment   Company  by  the  U.  S.  Small  Business
Administration,  was formed to assist young  businesses  develop and grow in the
markets we serve.
         Certain  statements  in this release and other  public  releases by the
Company  contain  forward-looking   information,   as  defined  in  the  Private
Securities  Litigation Reform Act. These statements may be identified by the use
of phrases such as "anticipate,"  "believe," "expect," "forecasts,"  "projects,"
or other  similar  terms.  Actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  these
statements since such statements involve significant known and unknown rules and
uncertainties.  Factors that may cause actual results to differ  materially from
those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, among others, the
following possibilities: (1) an increase in competitive pressures in the banking
industry;  (2)  changes in the  interest  rate  environment;  (3) changes in the
regulatory  environment;  (4) general economic  environment  conditions,  either
nationally or regionally,  may be less  favorable  than expected,  resulting in,
among other things, a deterioration in credit quality;  (5) changes may incur in
business conditions and inflation;  and (6) unforeseen risks associated with the
Year 2000 issue.

YEAR 2000
The Year 2000 issue  presents a number of difficult  challenges  to the Company.
Information  systems are often complex and have been  developed  over many years
through a variety of computer  languages and hardware  platforms.  The Year 2000
issue refers to the programming of existing  software  applications  using a two
digit year field.  This coding presents a potential problem when the year begins
with "20", instead of "19".  Computers may interpret the year as 1900 instead of
2000, creating possible system failure or miscalculation of financial data.
         A committee  continues  to direct the  Company's  Year 2000  activities
under the  framework of the FFIEC's  Five-Step  Program.  The FFIEC's  Five-Step
Program  includes  the  following  phases:  Awareness,  Assessment,  Renovation,
Validation and Implementation.  The Awareness Phase, 100% complete,  defines the
Year 2000 problem and gains executive level support for the necessary  resources
to prepare the Company for Year 2000  compliance.  The  Assessment  Phase,  100%
complete,  assesses  the size and  complexity  of the  problem  and  details the
magnitude of the effort necessary to address the Year 2000 issues.  Although the
Awareness  and  Assessment  Phases are  complete,  the Company will  continue to
evaluate any new issues as they arise.  The  Renovation  Phase,  100%  complete,
includes code enhancements,  hardware and software updates, system replacements,
vendor  certification,  and other associated changes.  The Validation Phase, 60%
complete,  includes the testing of incremental  changes to hardware and software
components.  The Validation Phase is scheduled to be  substantially  complete by
March 31, 1999. The Implementation  Phase, 60% complete,  certifies that systems
are  Year  2000  compliant  and  have  been  accepted  by  the  end  users.  The
Implementation  Phase is  scheduled  to be  substantially  complete by March 31,
1999. The Company has been addressing  Informational  Technology (IT) and non IT
systems.  The Company has  categorized  all systems as mission  critical,  high,
medium or low  priority  with  respect  to its  ability  to  influence  business
functions.  The Company has completed  the  development  of test and  validation
methodologies  for its IT  systems.  Testing  of  applications  has begun and is
scheduled to be substantially complete during the first quarter of 1999. In some
cases,  the Company will rely on the service  providers and software  vendors to
facilitate proxy testing with a selected group of users. The Company will review
the test plans and validate the results of the proxy  testing to ensure the Year
2000 compliance of those systems.  To ensure  compliance of non IT systems where
testing is not  possible,  the  Company  has  contacted  the  manufacturers  and
suppliers for Year 2000 certification. Based on responses from manufacturers and
suppliers  of non IT systems,  the Company  does not  anticipate  incurring  any
material expenses due to unpreparedness of the non IT systems.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
         The Company  has  identified  material  third  party  relationships  to
minimize the potential loss from  unpreparedness  of these parties.  The Company
continues to work closely with Fiserv,  its data  services and items  processing
provider, regarding Year 2000 compliance.
         The Company has tested its mission critical trust accounting  system to
ensure  Year 2000  compliance.  The testing  and  validation  of this system was
completed  during the fourth  quarter of 1998.  Test  results  were  reviewed by
internal  staff and did not  disclose any Year 2000  issues.  In  addition,  the
system was also  tested by the  software  vendor and two user  groups made up of
other banks. Results of these tests did not identify any Year 2000 issues. Other
non mission  critical  systems in use by the trust department are in the process
of review for Year 2000  compliance  and are expected to be complete by June 30,
1999.  In addition,  the trust  department  is  following  the FFIEC's Year 2000
Fiduciary Service  Guidance.  The fiduciary review includes the following steps:
account and asset administration, third party risk, counter party risk, transfer
agent  risk,  and  client  disclosure.  A Year 2000  compliance  review is being
conducted on those companies in which significant trust assets are invested.  As
of  December  31,  1998   approximately  86%  of  significant  assets  had  been
preliminarily  reviewed.  Updates on the status of these companies will continue
throughout  1999.  The trust account review process has been modified to include
specific Year 2000 issues. Third party and counter party fiduciary risk is being
addressed  by  communicating  with  various  vendors  and service  providers  to
ascertain their Year 2000  compliance.  All customers and  beneficiaries  of the
trust department have been contacted regarding the Company's efforts to identify
and reduce Year 2000 risk.
         The  Company  has  evaluated  the  Year  2000  readiness  of its  major
borrowers and fund  providers to assess their  readiness and identify  potential
problems. The Company has assessed the preparedness of its 75 largest commercial
borrowers,  as well as 25 random  commercial  borrowers.  These  borrowers  were
evaluated  and rated as low,  medium or high risk.  For the medium and high risk
customers, an action plan for compliance has been developed, up to and including
credit risk downgrades and requests for additional  collateral.  The Company has
also assessed the preparedness of its 60 largest deposit account  relationships,
as well as 45 random depositors.  The providers were also evaluated and rated as
high, medium or low risk. The Company has scheduled follow up with the high risk
and material fund providers to ensure they are taking  necessary steps to become
Year 2000  compliant.  The Company  also  completed an  assessment  of its other
material  funding sources and counter parties,  with no high risk  relationships
being  identified.  Continuous  monitoring of significant new  relationships  is
performed  to ensure  Year 2000  preparedness.  In  addition,  the  Company  has
modified its liquidity crisis plan to minimize funding risk due to the Year 2000
issue.  The Company will continue to monitor its liquidity  funding position and
update the liquidity crisis plan as necessary.
         As of December 31, 1998 the Company has incurred approximately $345,000
in expenses  directly  related to the Year 2000 issue. In addition,  the Company
forecasts  spending  approximately  $135,000 by December  31,1999 to ensure Year
2000  readiness.  These  amounts  include the cost of  additional  hardware  and
software,  as  well  as  technology  consultants  contracted  to  assist  in the
preparation for the Year 2000; however,  they do not include a valuation for the
considerable time employees spent or will spend on Year 2000  preparedness.  The
Company has included the cost of the Year 2000 issue in its 1999 annual  budget.
Due to the  uniqueness  of the Year 2000 issue,  it is difficult to quantify the
potential  loss in revenue.  Based on efforts to ensure  systems  will  function
properly,  the Company  believes it reasonable  that no material loss in revenue
will occur. The Company believes that its reasonably likely worst case Year 2000
scenario is a material  increase in credit  losses due to Year 2000  problems of
the Company's  borrowers,  as well as disruption  in financial  markets  causing
liquidity stress. As previously mentioned, the Company has attempted to minimize
these  risks by  identifying  the  material  borrowers  and fund  providers  and
assessing their progress toward Year 2000 compliance.
         The Company is currently  developing a business resumption  contingency
plan to help  ensure  continued  operations  in the  event of Year  2000  system
failures.  This contingency plan will be consistent with the Company's  disaster
recovery plan with  modifications  for Year 2000 risks. The business  resumption
contingency plan is scheduled to be complete by March 31, 1999.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>
NET INTEREST INCOME
Net interest income is the difference between interest and fees earned on assets
and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  Net interest income is one of
the major determining factors in a financial institution's  performance as it is
the principal source of earnings.  Table 1 presents average balance sheets and a
net interest income analysis on a taxable equivalent basis for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998.
         As reflected in Table 1, net interest income,  on a taxable  equivalent
basis,  increased  $3.7  million  or 6.8% from  $54.5  million  in 1997 to $58.2
million in 1998.  Yields on  earning  assets  and the cost of  interest  bearing
liabilities were stable between 1997 and 1998.
         In  1998,  average  earning  assets  increased  $56.2  million  or 4.8%
compared to 1997.  Average  loans  increased  $79.1  million or 11.4% during the
year,  while  average  investment  securities  decreased  $22.0 million or 4.8%.
During 1998,  average  interest  bearing  liabilities  increased  $30.2 million,
primarily in the time deposit category.
         In comparing 1997 to 1996, net interest  income  increased $5.5 million
or 11.3%  from  $49.0  million to $54.5  million.  The yield on  earning  assets
increased  13 basis  points,  while  the cost of  interest  bearing  liabilities
increased 19 basis points.
         Average  earning assets  increased  $124.0 million or 11.9% compared to
1996.  Average loans increased $78.4 million or 12.7% during 1997, while average
investment  securities  increased $41.7 million or 9.9%.  Average total interest
bearing  liabilities  increased  $105.4  million  or  11.9%  from  1996 to 1997,
primarily a result of increases in time deposits.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>
TABLE 1
AVERAGE BALANCES AND NET INTEREST INCOME
The following table includes the condensed  consolidated  average balance sheet,
an analysis of interest  income/expense  and average  yield/rate  for each major
category of earning assets and  interest-bearing  deposits and  liabilities on a
taxable  equivalent  basis.  Interest  income is adjusted  for items exempt from
Federal income taxes and assumes a 35% tax rate.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                1998                          1997                          1996
                                     AVERAGE            YIELD/    Average              Yield/   Average              Yield/
(dollars in thousands)               BALANCE  INTEREST  RATES     Balance   Interest   Rates    Balance   Interest   Rates
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
<S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>    <C>          <C>        <C>    <C>           <C>      <C>
Interest bearing deposits          $     123  $     5   4.68%  $      127   $     5    4.48%  $     304    $    16   5.26%
Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under agreements to 
  resell                                 793       31   3.91        3,749       194    5.17         323         18   5.57
Other short-term investments           5,156      269   5.21        2,536       135    5.31       1,088         57   5.24
Securities available for sale        403,574   27,942   6.92      423,512    29,063    6.86     374,574     24,355   6.50
Loans held for sale                    3,080      254   8.25        3,620       298    8.24       4,427        372   8.40

Securities held to maturity:
  Taxable                             13,139      890   6.78       13,061       914    7.00      11,914        788   6.61
  Tax exempt                          23,130    1,581   6.83       25,303     1,721    6.80      33,661      2,316   6.88
                                      ------    -----              ------     -----             -------      -----
   Total securities held to maturity  36,269    2,471   6.81       38,364     2,635    6.87      45,575      3,104   6.81

Loans:
  Commercial                         354,023   33,388   9.43      307,101    29,662    9.66     263,193     25,579   9.72
  Real estate mortgage               147,128   11,927   8.11      125,263    10,668    8.52     119,993     10,184   8.49
  Consumer                           273,489   25,587   9.36      263,188    24,376    9.26     233,948     21,668   9.26
                                     -------   ------             -------    ------             -------     ------
    Total Loans                      774,640   70,902   9.15      695,552    64,706    9.30     617,134     57,431   9.31
                                     -------   ------           ---------    ------             -------     ------
Total earning assets               1,223,635  101,874   8.33    1,167,460    97,036    8.31   1,043,425     85,353   8.18
                                              -------                        ------                         ------
Cash and due from banks               32,593                       30,918                        36,171
Securities available for sale 
  valuation allowance                  5,335                       (1,828)                       (2,752)
Allowance for loan losses            (12,388)                     (11,138)                       (9,657)
Premises and equipment                20,028                       17,269                        16,465
Other assets                          19,131                       25,962                        27,316
                                      ------                      -------                       -------
TOTAL ASSETS                      $1,288,334                   $1,228,643                    $1,110,968
                                  ----------                   ----------                    ----------
<PAGE>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Money market deposit accounts     $   85,011    2,440   2.87   $   90,732     2,648    2.92  $  101,753      2,977   2.93
NOW accounts                         129,734    2,122   1.64      118,761     1,904    1.60     108,806      1,873   1.72
Savings deposits                     155,109    4,310   2.78      154,771     4,376    2.83     159,373      4,650   2.92
Certificates of deposit              526,701   28,329   5.38      493,551    26,306    5.33     430,464     22,442   5.21
                                     -------   ------             -------    ------             -------     ------
  Total interest bearing deposits    896,555   37,201   4.15      857,815    35,234    4.11     800,396     31,942   3.99
Short-term borrowings                114,241    6,014   5.26      119,259     6,581    5.52      73,192      3,745   5.12
Other borrowings                       8,698      462   5.31       12,189       707    5.80      10,288        678   6.59
                                       -----      ---              ------   -------             -------     ------
  Total interest bearing 
    liabilities                    1,019,494   43,677   4.28%    989,263     42,522    4.30%    883,876     36,365   4.11%
                                               ------                        ------                         ------
Demand deposits                      133,262                      115,826                       116,287
Other liabilities                      7,641                        9,863                         7,565
Stockholders' equity                 127,937                      113,691                       103,240
                                     -------                      -------                       -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND 
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            $1,288,334                   $1,228,643                    $1,110,968
                                   ---------                   ----------                    ----------
  NET INTEREST INCOME                         $58,197                       $54,514                        $48,988
                                              -------                       -------                        -------
  NET INTEREST MARGIN                                   4.76%                          4.67%                         4.69%
                                                        -----                         -----                          -----
Taxable equivalent adjustment                 $   794                       $   855                        $   966
                                              -------                       -------                        -------

<FN>
(1) For purposes of these computations,  nonaccrual loans are included in the
    average loan balances outstanding.
(2) Securities are shown at average amortized cost.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      II-9
<PAGE>
TABLE 2
ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN TAXABLE EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME

The following  table presents  changes in interest  income and interest  expense
attributable to changes in volume (change in average balance multiplied by prior
year rate),  changes in rate (change in rate  multiplied  by prior year volume),
and the net change in net interest  income.  The net change  attributable to the
combined  impact of volume and rate has been  allocated to each in proportion to
the absolute dollar amounts of change. 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            INCREASE (DECREASE)               Increase (Decrease)
                                             1998 OVER 1997                      1997 over 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                              VOLUME       RATE     TOTAL        Volume       Rate      Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                        <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>     
Interest bearing deposits                  $     -     $    -    $    -       $    (8)    $  (3)    $   (11)
Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under agreements to resell        (124)       (39)     (163)          177         (1)       176
Other short-term investments                   136         (2)      134            77          1         78
Securities available for sale               (1,379)       258    (1,121)        3,308      1,400      4,708
Loans held for sale                            (45)         1       (44)          (67)        (7)       (74)
Securities held to maturity:
 Taxable                                         5        (29)      (24)           79         47        126
 Tax exempt                                   (148)         8      (140)         (569)       (26)      (595)
Loans                                        7,254     (1,058)    6,196         7,295        (20)     7,275
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income                        5,699       (861)    4,838        10,292      1,391     11,683
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Money market deposit accounts                 (165)       (43)     (208)         (322)        (7)      (329)
NOW accounts                                   179         39       218           165       (134)        31
Savings accounts                                10        (76)      (66)         (132)      (142)      (274)
Certificates of deposit                      1,781        242     2,023         3,353        511      3,864
Short-term borrowings                         (271)      (296)     (567)        2,522        314      2,836
Other borrowings                              (189)       (56)     (245)          116        (87)        29
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense                       1,345       (190)    1,155         5,702        455      6,157
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHANGE IN FTE NET INTEREST INCOME          $ 4,354     $ (671)   $3,683       $ 4,590     $  936    $ 5,526
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The  provision  for loan losses is based upon  management's  judgement as to the
adequacy  of the  allowance  to  absorb  losses  inherent  in the  current  loan
portfolio.  In  assessing  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,
consideration is given to historical loan loss experience, value and adequacy of
collateral,  level of nonperforming loans, loan  concentrations,  the growth and
composition of the portfolio,  and the results of a comprehensive  in-house loan
review  program  conducted  throughout the year.  Consideration  is given to the
results of  examinations  and  evaluations  of the overall  portfolio  by senior
credit personnel,  internal and external auditors, and regulatory examiners. The
provision for loan losses increased to $4.6 million in 1998 from $3.5 million in
1997, the result of increased charge-offs and loan volumes.
         Accompanying  tables  reflect the five year history of net  charge-offs
and the allocation of the allowance by loan category.  Net charge-offs,  both as
dollar amounts and as percentages of average loans  outstanding,  have increased
as the Company has experienced a rise in commercial charge-offs. The increase in
commercial  charge-offs  in 1998 can be primarily  attributed  to one  customer.
Management  considered  it prudent to increase the dollar level of the allowance
to various asset  categories  as depicted in the tables.  The allowance has been
allocated  based on  identified  problem  credits  or  categorical  trends.  The
allowance  for loan loss was  increased to $13.0 million at December 31, 1998 in
response to the increases in charge-offs and loan volumes. At December 31, 1998,
the allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding was 1.58%,  compared to 1.57%
at year-end  1997.  Management  considers  the allowance to be adequate and will
continue  to target and  maintain  a minimum  allowance  equal to the  allocated
requirement plus an unallocated portion.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 TABLE 3
 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (dollars in thousands)                      1998        1997      1996       1995     1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>   
 Balance at January 1                     $11,582     $10,473    $9,120     $9,026   $8,652
 Loans charged off:
  Commercial and agricultural               1,941       1,193     1,274        967    1,409
  Real estate mortgages                       234          55       204        112      154
  Consumer                                  1,977       2,040     1,300      1,182    2,159
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total loans charged off                 4,152       3,288     2,778      2,261    3,722
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Recoveries:
  Commercial and agricultural                 258         197       274        193      291
  Real estate mortgages                        35          16        20          -        -
  Consumer                                    640         679       662        609      734
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total recoveries                          933         892       956        802    1,025
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net loans charged off                   3,219       2,396     1,822      1,459    2,697
 Provision for loan losses                  4,599       3,505     3,175      1,553    3,071
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Balance at December 31                   $12,962     $11,582   $10,473     $9,120   $9,026
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Allowance for loan losses to loans
  outstanding at end of year                 1.58%       1.57%     1.60%      1.55%    1.57%
 Allowance for loan losses to
  nonaccrual loans                            361%        220%      315%       189%     195%
 Nonaccrual loans to total loans             0.44%       0.71%     0.51%      0.82%    0.81%
 Nonperforming assets to total assets        0.37%       0.45%     0.40%      0.62%    0.52%
 Net charge-offs to average loans
  outstanding                                0.42%       0.34%     0.29%      0.25%    0.48%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TABLE 4
ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,               1998                1997                 1996                1995                1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             CATEGORY             Category             Category            Category           Category
(dollars in                   PERCENT              Percent              Percent             Percent            Percent
 thousands)        ALLOWANCE OF LOANS  Allowance  of Loans  Allowance  of Loans  Allowance of Loans Allowance of Loans
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>  
Commercial
 and agricultural    $ 7,039    47.3%    $ 5,448     44.4%   $ 4,341     43.1%    $4,250     42.0%    $3,726     37.5%
Real estate
 mortgages               400    19.5%        244     18.4%       360     18.3%       412     20.6%       630     22.5%
Consumer               3,999    33.2%      2,365     37.2%     2,335     38.6%     2,048     37.4%     3,538     40.0%
Unallocated            1,524       -       3,525        -      3,437        -      2,410        -      1,132     -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                $12,962   100.0%    $11,582    100.0%   $10,473    100.0%    $9,120    100.0%    $9,026    100.0%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

NONINTEREST INCOME
Noninterest  income  consists  primarily of trust and  custodian  fees,  service
charges on deposit  accounts,  gains and losses on the sales of securities,  and
fees and service charges for other banking services.  Total  noninterest  income
for 1998 of $10.0  million  increased  $1.9  million or 23.7%  compared to 1997.
Other  income in 1997  includes a one-time  gain of $0.2 million for the sale of
the Hamden branch to The National Bank of Delaware County.  Excluding securities
gains and losses,  noninterest  income  increased  $1.0 million or 11.3% in 1998
compared to 1997.  Excluding security gains and losses, total noninterest income
for 1997 increased $0.7 million compared to 1996.
         Trust income rose during 1998 as managed assets increased.  At December
31, 1998, the Trust Department managed $865 million in assets (market value), up
from $701 million at year-end  1997,  resulting  in a $0.4  million  increase in
trust income.
         Service  charges on  deposit  accounts  remained  stable  during  1998.
Service  charges  increased  $0.3  million in 1997  compared  to 1996.  The 1997
increase can be attributed to an emphasis being placed on collection vs. waiver,
particularly  for  overdraft  charges  which  accounted  for a major part of the
increase.
         The interest rate  environment  drives the potential for security gains
and  losses.   The  declining   interest  rate   environment  in  1998  provided
opportunities to recognize gains on sales of securities.  During 1998, net gains
of $0.6 million were  realized from sales of U.S.  Treasury and U.S.  Government
agencies  securities as the Company  generated  liquidity to fund increased loan
demand and reduced  leverage  where  interest  rate  spreads no longer  provided
acceptable returns.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
         Other income  increased  22.5% in 1998  primarily a result of increased
ATM fee income due to increased use and the installation of additional  machines
throughout our market areas.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE AND OPERATING EFFICIENCY
Table 5 presents noninterest expense and operating efficiency ratios for each of
the three years ending December 31, 1998. Noninterest expense as a percentage of
average assets of 3.0% in 1998  increased from 2.9% in 1997.  This increase is a
result of a rise in  noninterest  expense  during 1998.  The 1997  percentage of
noninterest  expense  to  average  assets  of 2.9%  declined  from 3.1% in 1996,
resulting from an increase in assets between the reporting periods, while at the
same time maintaining stable noninterest expenses.
         Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.3 million,  or 7.2% between
1998 and 1997. Salaries and employee benefits were stable between 1997 and 1996.
Expense  increases  in 1998 were  primarily  due to a $0.6  million  increase in
salaries and a $0.4 million increase in performance based incentives.
         Occupancy and equipment  expense  increased $0.9 between 1998 and 1997.
This  increase can be  attributed  primarily to a rise in computer  depreciation
expense  related  to  the  automation  of the  branch  network  computer  system
completed in the fourth quarter of 1997.
         Other operating  expenses increased $1.7 million between 1998 and 1997.
Contributing  to the  increase in other  operating  expense was  increased  data
processing  fees, a result of the outsourcing of the Company's items  processing
function  during  1997.  Professional  fee and  outside  service  expenses  also
increased  during  1998 as a result of  professional  fees  associated  with the
corporate realignment.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 5
NONINTEREST EXPENSE AND OPERATING EFFICIENCY ANALYSIS
                                        Years Ended December 31,
                               1998                1997               1996           1998/1997           1997/1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  PERCENT            Percent             Percent
                                       OF                 of                  of
                                  AVERAGE            Average             Average            Average            Average
(dollars in thousands)    AMOUNT   ASSETS    Amount   Assets     Amount   Assets    Amount   Change    Amount   Change
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>  
Expenses:
Personnel                $19,202    1.49%   $17,905    1.46%    $17,817    1.60%    $1,297    7.24%      $ 88   0.49%
Occupancy and equipment    5,218    0.41%     4,298    0.35%      4,156    0.37%       920   21.41%       142   3.42%
Other                     14,708    1.14%    12,967    1.05%     12,449    1.13%     1,741   13.43%       518   4.16%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest 
  expense                $39,128    3.04%   $35,170    2.86%    $34,422    3.10%    $3,958   11.25%      $748    2.17%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expense ratio (1)           2.31%              2.20%               2.41%
Efficiency ratio (2)       57.92%             56.09%              60.74%
Average assets per
 employee (in millions)  $   2.6            $   2.5             $   2.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
(1) Noninterest  expense less noninterest  income,  not including security gains
    (losses) and  other  non-recurring   income  or  expense, as a percentage of
    average assets.

(2) Noninterest  expense,  less  non-recurring   expenses,  as a  percentage  of
    tax-effected net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding security
    gains (losses).
</FN>
</TABLE>
INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense was $4.6 million for 1998,  $8.3  million for 1997,  and $7.1
million for 1996.  The  decreased  income taxes during 1998  resulted from a tax
benefit  associated with the corporate  realignment.  The increased income taxes
from 1996 to 1997  correspond  to  increased  income  before  income  taxes.  At
December  31,  1998,  the Company has  deferred  tax assets of $6.9  million and
deferred tax  liabilities  of $3.7 million.  Management  has  determined  that a
valuation  allowance  for the  deferred tax assets is not needed at December 31,
1998.  Additional  information  on income  taxes is provided in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements.

SECURITIES
The securities  portfolio  constituted 35.9% and 39.6% of average earning assets
during  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  securities
portfolio consists of 90% U.S. Government agencies  guaranteed  securities.  All
purchases of U.S.  Governmental agencies guaranteed securities are classified as
available for sale. Held to maturity  securities are obligations of the State of
New York political subdivisions and do not include any direct obligations of the
state of New York.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 6
SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
As of December 31,                                   1998                     1997                      1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           AMORTIZED        FAIR     Amortized       Fair     Amortized        Fair
(in thousands)                                  COST       VALUE          Cost      Value          Cost       Value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                         <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>     
Securities Available for Sale:
 U.S. Treasury                              $ 10,406    $ 10,481      $  2,395   $  2,406      $ 70,811    $ 70,269
 Federal Agency and mortgage-backed          335,189     340,383       431,259    435,167       299,202     297,133
 State & Municipal and other securities        4,554       4,894         2,967      3,059         1,775       1,800
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total securities available for sale      $350,149    $355,758      $436,621   $440,632      $371,788    $369,202
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Securities Held to Maturity:
 State & Municipal                            22,649      22,649        23,692     23,692        32,546      32,546
 Other securities                             12,446      12,446        12,447     12,447         9,693       9,692
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total securities held to maturity        $ 35,095    $ 35,095      $ 36,139   $ 36,139      $ 42,239    $ 42,238
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

LOANS
The following  Table 7 sets forth the loan  portfolio by major  categories as of
December 31 for the years indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 7
COMPOSITION OF LOAN PORTFOLIO
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                   1998          1997          1996          1995          1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>     
(in thousands)
Real estate mortgages                      $149,647      $128,873      $110,288      $107,611      $125,385
Commercial real estate mortgages            178,778       151,129       135,061       108,902        71,631
Real estate construction and
 development                                 10,378         6,602         9,582        13,361         3,890
Commercial and agricultural                 209,731       175,362       146,930       138,391       143,632
Consumer                                    188,549       203,016       204,641       185,276       201,359
Home equity                                  84,422        70,500        48,091        34,817        28,704
Lease financing                                   -             -             -            27           117
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans                                $821,505      $735,482      $654,593      $588,385      $574,718
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The loan  portfolio is the largest  component of earning assets and accounts for
the greatest portion of total interest income. At December 31, 1998, total loans
were $821.5 million, an 11.7% increase from December 31, 1997. In general, loans
are  internally  generated  and lending  activity is confined to New York State,
principally  the nine county area served by the  Company.  The Company  does not
engage in highly  leveraged  transactions or foreign lending  activities.  There
were no  concentration  of loans  exceeding  10% of total loans other than those
categories reflected in Table 7.
         Real estate  mortgages  consist  primarily of loans secured by first or
second deeds of trust on primary  residencies.  Beginning  in 1996,  the Company
began  retaining most first  mortgage  loans within the  portfolio.  For several
years  prior to  1996,  fixed-rate  mortgages  were  originated  for sale in the
secondary  market.  The Company sold $0.9 million in mortgage  loans during both
1998 and 1997.  There  were no gains or losses  recognized  related  to sales of
mortgages originated in 1998. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, loans classified as
held for sale  consist of higher  education  loans with  estimated  fair  market
values equal to cost.
         Loans  in  the  commercial  and  agricultural   category,  as  well  as
commercial  real  estate  mortgages,  consist  primarily  of  short-term  and/or
floating  rate  commercial  loans  made  to  small  to  medium-sized  companies.
Agricultural loans totalled $48.9 million at December 31, 1998, and there are no
other  substantial  loan  concentrations  to any  one  industry  or to  any  one
borrower.
         Consumer loans consist  primarily of installment  credit to individuals
secured by automobiles and other personal property. Management believes consumer
loan  underwriting  guidelines  to be  conservative.  The  guidelines  are based
primarily on satisfactory credit history, down payment, and sufficient income to
service monthly payments.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

         Shown in Table 8, Maturities and  Sensitivities  of Loans to Changes in
Interest Rates,  are the maturities of the loan portfolio and the sensitivity of
loans to interest rate fluctuations at December 31, 1998.  Scheduled  repayments
are reported in the maturity category in which the contractual payment is due.

<TABLE>
TABLE 8
MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        AFTER ONE
                                                         YEAR BUT
                                                           WITHIN           AFTER
REMAINING MATURITY AT                      WITHIN            FIVE            FIVE
DECEMBER 31, 1998                        ONE YEAR           YEARS           YEARS           TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>   
(in thousands)
Floating/adjustable rate:
 Commercial and agricultural             $112,252        $ 76,831        $ 17,274        $206,357
 Real estate mortgages                      5,931          18,125          37,776          61,832
 Consumer                                  22,727          12,428          29,424          64,579
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total floating rate loans               140,910         107,384          84,474         332,768
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed Rate:
 Commercial and agricultural               38,472          87,507          56,173         182,152
 Real estate mortgages                      8,419          28,998          60,776          98,193
 Consumer                                  66,635         122,306          19,451         208,392
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total fixed rate loans                  113,526         238,811         136,400         488,737
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total loans                            $254,436        $346,195        $220,874        $821,505
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND PAST DUE LOANS
Nonperforming  assets and past due loans are  reflected in Table 9 below for the
years indicated.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 9
NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND RISK ELEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                               1998        1997         1996         1995        1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>   
(dollars in thousands)
 Commercial and agricultural                             $2,394      $3,856       $2,441       $3,945      $3,552
 Real estate mortgages                                      437         692          251          332         783
 Consumer                                                   762         708          628          540         304
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total nonaccrual loans                                  3,593       5,256        3,320        4,817       4,639
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other real estate owned                                   1,164         530        1,242        2,000         840
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total nonperforming assets                              4,757       5,786        4,562        6,817       5,479
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:
 Commercial and agricultural                                291         176          418          559         133
 Real estate mortgages                                      341         244          344          448         287
 Consumer                                                   526         325          289          325         451
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total                                                  1,158         745        1,051        1,332         871
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructured loans, in compliance with modified terms:        -           -            -          142           -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total assets containing risk elements                  $5,915      $6,531       $5,613       $8,291      $6,350
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming assets to loans                         0.58%        0.79%       0.70%       1.16%        0.95%
Total assets containing risk element to loans               0.72%        0.89%       0.86%       1.41%        1.10%
Total nonperforming assets to assets                        0.37%        0.45%       0.40%       0.62%        0.52%
Total assets containing risk elements to assets             0.46%        0.51%       0.49%       0.75%        0.61%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Total  nonperforming  assets  decreased $1.0 million or 17.8% from 1997 to 1998;
total assets containing risk elements  decreased $0.6 million or 9.4% during the
same period.  The effect of nonaccrual and impaired loans on interest  income is
presented in the following Table 10.

                                     II-14

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 10
NONACCRUAL AND IMPAIRED LOANS INTEREST INCOME
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                             1998       1997      1996       1995      1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>   
(in thousands)
Income that would have been accrued at original
 contract rates                                        $  278     $  559    $1,125     $  765    $  465
Amount recognized as income                               170        148       593        344       216
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Interest income not accrued                           $  108     $  411    $  532     $  421    $  249
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

DEPOSITS
Deposits are the largest component of the Company's  liabilities and account for
the greatest portion of interest  expense.  At December 31, 1998, total deposits
were  $1,044.2  million,  an increase of 3.0% from  December 31,  1997.  Average
deposits during 1998 of $1,029.8 million were 5.8% higher than the 1997 average.
The preceding Table 1 presents average deposits with accompanying  average rates
paid.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TABLE 11
MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                         1998                  1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>                   <C>     
(in thousands)
Within three months                              $222,187              $210,226
After three but within six months                  39,929                32,467
After six but within twelve months                  9,957                11,611
After twelve months                                 9,954                15,633
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                            $282,027              $269,937
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

BORROWED FUNDS
Short-term  borrowings  include federal funds  purchased,  securities sold under
agreement to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings which consist primarily
of FHLB  advances  with an original  maturity  of one day up to one year.  Other
borrowings consist of fixed rate FHLB advances with an original maturity greater
than one year. At December 31, 1998,  total  borrowings  of $106.8  million were
down 20.7% compared to the previous year-end total of $134.7 million.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL AND DIVIDENDS
TABLE 12
CAPITAL MEASUREMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                      1998                   1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>   
(per share data restated to give retroactive
 effect to stock dividends and splits) 
Tier 1 leverage ratio                             9.33%                  8.91% 
Tier 1 capital  ratio                            14.69%                 14.88% 
Total risk-based capital ratio                   15.94%                 16.13% 
Cash dividends as a percentage of net income     40.37%                 37.42% 
Per common share:
 Book value                                     $10.52                 $ 9.77
 Tangible book value                            $ 9.91                 $ 9.09
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 13
QUARTERLY COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1998                                            1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(restated to give retroactive effect to stock dividends and splits)
                                                               CASH                                          Cash
                                                          DIVIDENDS                                     Dividends
  QUARTER ENDING             HIGH        LOW       CLOSE   DECLARED        High        Low      Close    Declared
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>   
  March 31                 $20.00     $16.79      $20.00     $0.122      $13.61     $11.99     $13.27      $0.102
  June 30                   24.65      19.29       24.17      0.162       18.29      13.27      18.29       0.102
  September 30              25.00      18.46       21.90      0.162       18.20      15.13      17.94       0.116
  December 31               25.50      20.71       23.38      0.170       19.78      16.33      19.29       0.122
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  For the year             $25.50     $16.79      $23.38     $0.616      $19.78     $11.99     $19.29      $0.442
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

On a per share basis,  cash dividends  declared have been increased in both 1998
and 1997.  The dividend  increases  reflect the  Company's  earnings and capital
strength.  The Company does not have a target dividend payout ratio,  rather the
Board of  Directors  considers  the  Company's  earnings  position  and earnings
potential  when  making   dividend   decisions.   Additionally,   1998  was  the
thirty-ninth consecutive year that the Company declared a stock dividend.
         The  accompanying  Table 13 sets  forth  the  quarterly  high,  low and
closing  sales price for the common  stock as  reported  on the NASDAQ  National
Market  System,  and cash  dividends  declared  per  share of common  stock.  At
December 31, 1998, the total market capitalization of the Company's common stock
was  approximately  $290.3 million  compared with $243.4 million at December 31,
1997. The change in market  capitalization is due to the market's  perception of
the Company's  increasing  value.  The  Company's  price to book value ratio was
2.22,  1.97,  and 1.42 at December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The
Company's price was 16, 17, and 13 times diluted  earnings per share at December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
         Capital is an important  factor in ensuring  the safety of  depositors'
accounts.  During both 1998 and 1997,  the Company  earned the highest  possible
national  safety and soundness  rating from two national  bank rating  services,
Bauer Financial  Services and Veribanc,  Inc. Their ratings are based on capital
levels, loan portfolio quality, and security portfolio strength.
         Capital adequacy is an important  indicator of financial  stability and
performance.  The  principal  source  of  capital  to the  Company  is  earnings
retention.  The  Company  remains  well  capitalized  as depicted by the capital
ratios in the table.  Capital  measurements are  significantly in excess of both
regulatory  minimum  guidelines and meet the  requirements to be considered well
capitalized for all periods presented.

LIQUIDITY AND INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MANAGEMENT
The primary objectives of asset and liability  management are to provide for the
safety of depositor and investor funds, assure adequate liquidity,  and maintain
an appropriate  balance between interest  sensitive  earning assets and interest
bearing liabilities.  Liquidity management involves the ability to meet the cash
flow  requirements of customers who may be depositors  wanting to withdraw funds
or borrowers  needing  assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet
their  credit  needs.  The  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  ("ALCO")  is
responsible for liquidity  management and has developed  guidelines  which cover
all  assets  and  liabilities,  as well as off  balance  sheet  items  that  are
potential  sources  or  uses of  liquidity.  Liquidity  must  also  provide  the
flexibility  to  implement   appropriate   strategies   and  tactical   actions.
Requirements  change as loans grow, deposits and securities mature, and payments
on borrowings  are made.  Interest rate  sensitivity  management  seeks to avoid
widely  fluctuating net interest  margins and to ensure  consistent net interest
income through periods of changing economic conditions.
         Given the above,  liquidity to the Company is defined as the ability to
raise cash quickly at a  reasonable  cost without  principal  loss.  The primary
liquidity  measurement  the Company  utilizes is called the Basic  Surplus which
captures the adequacy of its access to reliable  sources of cash relative to the
stability of its funding mix of average  liabilities.  This approach  recognizes
the  importance  of  balancing  levels of cash  flow  liquidity  from  short and
long-term securities with the availability of dependable borrowing sources which
can be  accessed  when  necessary.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  established
borrowing  facilities  with other banks (federal  funds),  the Federal Home Loan
Bank of New York (short and long-term borrowings which are denoted as advances),
and repurchase agreements with investment companies.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
         This Basic Surplus  approach  enables the Company to adequately  manage
liquidity from both tactical and contingency perspectives. By tempering the need
for cash flow liquidity with reliable borrowing facilities,  the Company is able
to operate with a more fully invested and,  therefore,  higher  interest  income
generating,   securities  portfolio.  The  makeup  and  term  structure  of  the
securities  portfolio  is,  in  part,  impacted  by the  overall  interest  rate
sensitivity  of the balance  sheet.  Investment  decisions  and deposit  pricing
strategies are impacted by the liquidity position.
         At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company's  Basic Surplus ratios (net
access to cash and secured  borrowings  as a  percentage  of total  assets) were
approximately 9% compared to the present internal minimum  guideline range of 5%
to  7%.  The  December  31,  1998  Basic  Surplus  ratio  was in  excess  of the
guidelines.  The Company had unused  lines of credit  available  totalling  $266
million  to meet  its  short-term  liquidity  needs  at  December  31,  1998 and
considered the Basic Surplus adequate to meet liquidity needs.
         Interest  rate risk is  determined  by the  relative  sensitivities  of
earning asset yields and interest bearing liability costs to changes in interest
rates.  Overnight  federal funds on which rates change daily and loans which are
tied to the prime rate differ considerably from long-term investment  securities
and fixed rate loans.  Similarly,  time  deposits over $100,000 and money market
deposit accounts are much more interest sensitive than NOW and savings accounts.
         The method by which banks evaluate interest rate risk is to look at the
interest  sensitivity gap, the difference  between interest sensitive assets and
interest sensitive liabilities  repricing during the same period,  measured at a
specific point in time. The funding matrix depicted in the accompanying table is
utilized as a primary tool in managing  interest  rate risk.  The matrix  arrays
repricing  opportunities along a time line for both assets and liabilities.  The
time line for sources of funds,  liabilities and equity, is depicted on the left
hand side of the  matrix.  The  longest  term,  most  fixed  rate  sources,  are
presented in the upper left hand corner while the shorter  term,  most  variable
rate  items,  are at the  lower  left.  Similarly,  uses of funds,  assets,  are
arranged across the top moving from left to right.
         The body of the matrix is derived by allocating  the longest fixed rate
funding sources to the longest fixed rate assets (upper left corner) and shorter
term variable  sources to shorter term variable uses (lower right  corner).  The
result is a graphical  depiction  of the time  periods over which the Company is
expected to experience  exposure to rising or falling rates. Since the scales of
the  liability  (left) and asset (top) sides are  identical,  all numbers in the
matrix would fall within the diagonal lines if the Company was perfectly matched
across all repricing time frames.  Numbers  outside the diagonal lines represent
two general types of mismatches:  i) liability  sensitive,  where rate sensitive
liabilities  exceed  the  amount  of  rate  sensitive  assets  repricing  within
applicable  time frames (items to the left of/below the diagonal  lines) and ii)
asset sensitive, where rate sensitive assets exceed the amount of rate sensitive
liabilities repricing within applicable time frames (items to the right of/above
the diagonal lines).
         Generally,  the lower the amount of this gap,  the less  sensitive  are
earnings to interest  rate  changes.  The matrix  indicates  that the  Company's
assets and  liabilities  are closely  matched in the short-term and as a result,
has minimal interest rate risk over the next twelve months.  The Company becomes
asset sensitive after the one-year time frame and,  therefore,  would benefit in
the long-term from rising interest rates.

                                     II-17

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 14
SUMMARY STATIC GAP FUNDING MATRIX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>    <C>     <C>       <C>       <C> 
        (ASSETS) OVER 60      37-60     25-36      13-24      7-12        4-6
          -USES-  MONTHS     MONTHS    MONTHS     MONTHS    MONTHS     MONTHS    MAR 99 FEB 99  JAN 99    ONE DAY   TOTALS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES
 -SOURCES-TOTALS     233        110        93        175       189         96        40     36     258         60    1,290
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OVER 60    577       233        110        93        141                                      Long Liabilities         577
MONTHS                                                                                        Short Assets

37-60       15                                        15                                                                15
MONTHS

25-36       18                                        18                                                                18
MONTHS

13-24       54                                         1        53                                                      54
MONTHS

 7-12       97                                                  97                                                      97
 MONTHS

 4-6        94                                                  39         55                                           94
MONTHS

MAR 99     123                                                             41        40     36       6                 123

FEB 99      61                                                                                      61                  61

JAN 99     165     Long Assets                                                                     165                 165
                   Short Liabilities
ONE DAY     86                                                                                      26         60       86

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTALS   1,290       233        110        93        175       189         96        40     36     258         60    1,290
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

While the static gap evaluation of interest rate  sensitivity  is useful,  it is
not  indicative  of the impact of  fluctuating  interest  rates on net  interest
income. Once the Company determines the extent of gap sensitivity, the next step
is to quantify the potential impact of the interest  sensitivity on net interest
income.  The  Company  utilizes a  simulation  model which  measures  the effect
certain  assumptions  will have on net  interest  income over a short  period of
time, usually one or two years. These assumptions  include,  but are not limited
to prepayments,  potential call options of the investment  portfolio and various
interest  rate  environments.  The  following  table  presents the impact on net
interest income of a gradual twelve-month increase or decrease in interest rates
compared to a stable  interest rate  environment.  The  simulation  projects net
interest  income over the next year using the December  31, 1998  balance  sheet
position.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 15
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Change in interest rates                    Percent change in
(in basis points)                         net interest income
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>    
+200                                                  (0.98%)
+100                                                  (0.47%)
- -100                                                  (0.19%)
- -200                                                  (0.74%)
- -------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS
Effective  January 1, 1998 the  Company  adopted  the  remaining  provisions  of
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 125,  "Accounting for
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities",
which relate to the accounting for securities  lending,  repurchase  agreements,
and other secured financing activities. These provisions, which were delayed for
implementation by SFAS No. 127, did not have a material impact on the Company.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

         On January 1, 1998, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income". This statement establishes standards for the
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components.  Comprehensive
income  includes the reported net income  adjusted for items that are  currently
accounted for as direct entries to equity, such as the mark to market adjustment
on securities  available for sale,  foreign  currency items and minimum  pension
liability  adjustments.  At the Company,  comprehensive  income  represents  net
income  plus other  comprehensive  income,  which  consists of the net change in
unrealized  gains or losses on  securities  available  for sale for the  period.
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income represents the net unrealized gains or
losses on securities available for sale as of the balance sheet dates.
         In February 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 "Employers'  Disclosures
about  Pensions  and Other  Postretirement  Benefits".  This  statement  revises
employers' disclosures about pension and other post retirement benefit plans. It
does not change the  measurement  or  recognition  of these  plans.  The Company
adopted  SFAS No.  132 on January  1, 1998 and has  determined  its impact to be
revised  year-end  reporting   requirements  for  pension  and  post  retirement
benefits.
         In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133  "Accounting  for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities".  This statement  establishes  comprehensive
accounting and reporting  requirements  for derivative  instruments  and hedging
activities. SFAS No. 133 requires companies to record derivatives on the balance
sheet as assets or liabilities, measured at fair value. The accounting for gains
or losses  resulting  from changes in the values of those  derivatives  would be
dependent on the use of the  derivative  and the type of risk being hedged.  The
statement is effective for all quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999.  At the present  time,  the Company has not fully  analyzed  the effect or
timing of the adoption of SFAS No. 133 on the Company's  consolidated  financial
statements.

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS
Selected  quarterly  results  are  presented  in Table  16,  Selected  Quarterly
Financial  Data. Net income for the fourth  quarter 1998 of $4.6 million,  $0.36
per diluted share, was up from $3.6 million,  $0.28 per diluted share, earned in
the fourth quarter 1997.  Average loans for the fourth quarter of 1998 increased
11.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 1997.
         The 1998 fourth  quarter  return on average assets of 1.40% was up from
the 1997 ratio of 1.11%.  The return on  average  equity for the fourth  quarter
1998 of 13.87% was up from the fourth quarter 1997 ratio of 11.71%.  Expense and
efficiency  ratios of 2.49% and  60.84%,  respectively,  for the fourth  quarter
1998, increased over the comparable 1997 ratios of 2.30% and 57.86%.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 16
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1998                                        1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>    
(in thousands, except per 
 share data)                       FIRST     SECOND     THIRD     FOURTH      First     Second     Third      Fourth
Interest and fee income          $25,256    $25,276   $25,448    $25,100    $22,283    $23,759   $24,848     $25,291
Interest expense                  11,221     11,168    10,885     10,403      9,659     10,559    11,075      11,229
Net interest income               14,035     14,108    14,563     14,697     12,624     13,200    13,773      14,062
Provision for loan losses          1,100      1,150     1,300      1,049        715      1,000       965         825
Noninterest income excluding
  securities gains                 2,350      2,312     2,353      2,340      2,003      2,270     2,070       2,060
Securities gains (losses)            218        227       168         11         17          1       (90)       (265)
Noninterest expense                9,402      9,539     9,707     10,480      8,559      8,266     8,904       9,441
Net income                       $ 5,072    $ 4,710   $ 4,731    $ 4,589    $ 3,445    $ 4,037   $ 3,702     $ 3,565
Basic earnings per share         $  0.40    $  0.37   $  0.38    $  0.37    $  0.28    $  0.32   $  0.29     $  0.28
Diluted earnings per share       $  0.39    $  0.37   $  0.37    $  0.36    $  0.27    $  0.32   $  0.29     $  0.28
Net interest margin                 4.75%      4.68%     4.79%      4.80%      4.71%      4.65%     4.64%       4.68%
Return on average assets            1.60%      1.47%     1.46%      1.40%      1.19%      1.33%     1.17%       1.11%
Return on average equity           16.49%     14.92%    14.54%     13.87%     12.82%     14.78%    12.74%      11.71%
Average diluted common
 shares outstanding               12,857     12,896    12,845     12,732     12,599     12,674    12,738      12,788
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-19
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPERTIES

The Company operates the following community banking offices:
                                                                                                   Date              Square
Name of Office         Location                                             County              Established         Footage

<S>                    <C>                                                  <C>                 <C>                  <C>   
Norwich                52 S. Broad St., Norwich, NY                         Chenango            07-15-1856           77,000
Afton                  182 Main St., Afton, NY                              Chenango            09-01-1962            2,779
Bainbridge             9 N. Main St., Bainbridge, NY                        Chenango            12-07-1938            4,897
Earlville              2 S. Main St., Earlville, NY                         Chenango            08-07-1937            1,222
Grand Gorge            Rt. 23 & 30, Grand Gorge, NY                         Delaware            11-01-1957            3,000
Margaretville          Main St., Margaretville, NY                          Delaware            09-03-1963            3,152
New Berlin             2 S. Main St., New Berlin, NY                        Chenango            12-21-1946            2,195
Sherburne              30 N. Main St., Sherburne, NY                        Chenango            08-07-1937            3,393
South Otselic          Gladding St., S. Otselic, NY                         Chenango            10-01-1945            1,326
North Plaza            Rt. 12 & 320, Norwich, NY                            Chenango            10-15-1986            1,849
South Plaza            Rt. 12 S., Norwich, NY                               Chenango            08-20-1986            1,200
Deposit                105 Front St., Deposit, NY                           Broome              02-12-1971            3,550
Newark Valley          2 N. Main St., Newark Valley, NY                     Tioga               10-01-1973            3,893
Maine                  2647 Main St., Maine, NY                             Broome              10-01-1973            1,458
Hobart                 Maple Ave., Hobart, NY                               Delaware            06-28-1974            2,308
Sidney                 13 Division St., Sidney, NY                          Delaware            12-31-1978            3,500
Oxford                 10 North Canal St., Oxford, NY                       Chenango            03-16-1998            2,000
Greene                 80 S. Chenango St., Greene, NY                       Chenango            12-15-1986            3,200
Binghamton             1256 Front St., Binghamton, NY                       Broome              03-29-1993            1,900
Hancock                1 E. Main St., Hancock, NY                           Delaware            10-01-1989            7,500
Oneonta                733 State Highway 28, Oneonta, NY                    Otsego              01-14-1998            4,600
Clinton                1 Kirkland Ave., Clinton, NY                         Oneida              10-01-1989            7,960
Rome Westgate          Westgate Plaza, 1148 Erie Blvd. W., Rome, NY         Oneida              10-01-1989            1,950
Utica Business Park    555 French Road, New Hartford, NY                    Oneida              10-01-1994            3,396
New Hartford           8549 Seneca Turnpike, New Hartford, NY               Oneida              12-16-1995            4,179
Rome Black River       853 Black River Blvd., Rome, NY                      Oneida              10-01-1997            3,000
Gloversville           199 Second Ave. Ext., Gloversville, NY               Fulton              10-01-1989            4,263
Northville             192 N. Main St., Northville, NY                      Fulton              10-01-1989            3,000
Vail Mills             Rt. 30, Broadalbin, NY                               Fulton              10-01-1989            1,000
Lake Placid            81 Main St., Lake Placid, NY                         Essex               10-01-1989            8,500
Cold Brook Plaza       Saranac Ave., Lake Placid, NY                        Essex               10-01-1989            1,300
Saranac Lake           2 Lake Flower Ave., Saranac Lake, NY                 Essex               10-01-1989            2,400
Plattsburgh Rt. 3      482 Rt. 3, Plattsburgh, NY                           Clinton             05-04-1998            6,800
Plattsburgh -
  Margaret St          83 Margaret St., Plattsburgh, NY                     Clinton             05-18-1998            1,822
Ellenburg Depot        5084 Rt. 11, Ellenburg Depot, NY                     Clinton             08-28-1993            2,346

<FN>
The Oxford, South Otselic, Binghamton, Oneonta, Vail Mills, Rome Westgate, Utica
Business  Park and Rome Black River  Offices are  leased.  The Company  owns all
other banking  premises.  The Company also has  free-standing  automated banking
units. During 1998, the Plattsburgh and Plattsburgh North Offices closed.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     II-20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except share and per share data)        1998                  1997             % Change
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                   <C>                        <C> 
FOR THE YEAR
Interest and fee income                         $   101,080           $    96,181                5.1%
Interest expense                                     43,677                42,522                2.7%
Net interest income                                  57,403                53,659                7.0%
Provision for loan losses                             4,599                 3,505               31.2%
Noninterest income                                    9,979                 8,066               23.7%
Noninterest expense                                  39,128                35,170               11.3%
Net income                                           19,102                14,749               29.5%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PER COMMON SHARE
Basic earnings                                  $      1.52           $      1.18               28.8%
Diluted earnings                                       1.49                  1.16               28.4%
Cash dividends                                         0.616                0.442               39.4%
Book value at year-end                                10.52                  9.77                7.7%
Tangible book value at year-end                        9.91                  9.09                9.0%
Market price:
 High                                                 25.50                 19.78               28.9%
 Low                                                  16.79                 11.99               40.0%
 End of year                                          23.38                 19.29               21.2%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AT YEAR-END
Assets                                          $ 1,290,009           $ 1,280,585                0.7%
Earning assets                                    1,217,098             1,214,547                0.2%
Loans                                               821,505               735,482               11.7%
Allowance for loan losses                            12,962                11,582               11.9%
Deposits                                          1,044,205             1,014,183                3.0%
Stockholders' equity                                130,632               123,343                5.9%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AVERAGE BALANCES
Assets                                          $ 1,288,334           $ 1,228,643                4.9%
Earning assets                                  $ 1,223,635           $ 1,167,460                4.8%
Loans                                           $   774,640           $   695,552               11.4%
Deposits                                        $ 1,029,817           $   973,641                5.8%
Stockholders' equity                            $   127,937           $   113,691               12.5%
Common shares outstanding                        12,569,884            12,548,365                0.2%
Diluted common shares outstanding                12,832,175            12,700,416                1.0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASSET QUALITY
Allowance to loans                                     1.58%                 1.57%               0.6%
Nonperforming assets to assets                         0.37%                 0.45%             (17.8%)
Allowance to nonperforming loans                        361%                  220%              64.1%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

KEY RATIOS
Return on average assets                               1.48%                 1.20%              23.3%
Return on average equity                              14.93%                12.97%              15.1%
Net interest margin                                    4.76%                 4.67%               1.9%
Tier 1 leverage                                        9.33%                 8.91%               4.7%
Tier 1 risk-based capital                             14.69%                14.88%              (1.3%)
Total risk-based capital                              15.94%                16.13%              (1.2%)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

All share and per share data has been restated to give retroactive effect to stock dividends and splits.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     II-21
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY

         Responsibility for the integrity,  objectivity,  consistency,  and fair
presentation of the financial  information presented in this Annual Report rests
with NBT Bancorp Inc.  management.  The  accompanying  financial  statements and
related  information  have been prepared in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles consistently applied and include, where required,  amounts
based on informed judgments and management's best estimates.
         Management  maintains  a system of  internal  controls  and  accounting
policies and procedures to provide  reasonable  assurance of the  accountability
and safeguarding of Company assets and of the accuracy of financial information.
These procedures include management  evaluations of asset quality and the impact
of economic  events,  organizational  arrangements  that provide an  appropriate
segregation  of  responsibilities  and a program of internal  audits to evaluate
independently  the adequacy and application of financial and operating  controls
and compliance with Company policies and procedures.
         The  Board of  Directors  has  appointed  an Audit  Committee  composed
entirely of directors who are not employees of the Company.  The Audit Committee
is responsible  for  recommending  to the Board the  independent  auditors to be
retained for the coming year,  subject to  stockholder  ratification.  The Audit
Committee meets periodically,  both jointly and privately,  with the independent
auditors,  with  our  internal  auditors,  as well as  with  representatives  of
management,  to review  accounting,  auditing,  internal  control  structure and
financial  reporting  matters.  The  Committee  reports  to  the  Board  on  its
activities and findings.



/s/ DARYL R. FORSYTHE


Daryl R. Forsythe
President and Chief Executive Officer



/s/ JOE C. MINOR


Joe C. Minor
Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

                                     II-22
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
NBT Bancorp Inc.:

         We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of NBT
Bancorp Inc. and  subsidiary  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the related
consolidated  statements  of  income,   stockholders'  equity,  cash  flows  and
comprehensive  income  for each of the  years in the  three  year  period  ended
December  31,   1998.   These   consolidated   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of NBT Bancorp
Inc. and  subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year  period
ended  December 31, 1998,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.



/s/ KPMG LLP



KPMG LLP


Syracuse, New York
January 22, 1999

                                     II-23

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NBT BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                                                          1998                   1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

<S>                                                                             <C>                    <C>       
ASSETS
Cash                                                                            $   47,181             $   37,446
Loans held for sale                                                                  2,887                  3,286
Securities available for sale, at fair value                                       355,758                440,632
Securities held to maturity (fair value-$35,095 and $36,139)                        35,095                 36,139
Loans:
  Commercial and agricultural                                                      388,509                326,491
  Real estate mortgage                                                             160,025                135,475
  Consumer                                                                         272,971                273,516
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total loans                                                                    821,505                735,482
  Less allowance for loan losses                                                    12,962                 11,582
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net loans                                                                      808,543                723,900
Premises and equipment, net                                                         20,241                 18,761
Intangible assets, net                                                               7,572                  8,642
Other assets                                                                        12,732                 11,779
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                    $1,290,009             $1,280,585
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
  Demand (noninterest bearing)                                                  $  154,146             $  138,985
  Savings, NOW, and money market                                                   391,614                358,366
  Time                                                                             498,445                516,832
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total deposits                                                               1,044,205              1,014,183
Short-term borrowings                                                               96,589                134,527
Other borrowings                                                                    10,171                    183
Other liabilities                                                                    8,412                  8,349
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities                                                              1,159,377              1,157,242
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, no par, stated value $1.00; shares
    authorized-2,500,000                                                                 -                      -
  Common stock, no par, stated value $1.00; shares
    authorized-15,000,000; shares issued 13,015,789 and 9,429,963                   13,016                  9,430
  Capital surplus                                                                  111,749                 96,494
  Retained earnings                                                                 15,512                 22,249
  Accumulated other comprehensive income                                             3,317                  2,373
  Common stock in treasury at cost, 599,507 and 415,871 shares                     (12,962)                (7,203)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total stockholders' equity                                                       130,632                123,343
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                      $1,290,009             $1,280,585
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
See notes to consolidated financial statements
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     II-24

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NBT BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                                         1998              1997             1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>    
(in thousands, except per share data)
Interest and fee income:
Loans and loans held for sale                                $70,947           $64,781          $57,660
Securities - taxable                                          28,742            29,887           25,109
Securities - tax exempt                                        1,086             1,179            1,527
Other                                                            305               334               91
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest and fee income                              101,080            96,181           84,387
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest expense:
Deposits                                                      37,201            35,234           31,942
Short-term borrowings                                          6,014             6,581            3,745
Other borrowings                                                 462               707              678
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest expense                                      43,677            42,522           36,365
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income                                           57,403            53,659           48,022
Provision for loan losses                                      4,599             3,505            3,175
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses           52,804            50,154           44,847
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Noninterest income:
Trust                                                          3,115             2,675            2,642
Service charges on deposit accounts                            3,749             3,695            3,372
Securities gains (losses)                                        624              (337)           1,179
Other                                                          2,491             2,033            1,669
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total noninterest income                                     9,979             8,066            8,862
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits                                19,202            17,905           17,817
Office supplies and postage                                    1,912             1,801            1,796
Occupancy                                                      2,843             2,598            2,391
Equipment                                                      2,375             1,700            1,765
Professional fees and outside services                         2,836             2,201            2,382
Data processing and communications                             3,577             2,789            2,280
Amortization of intangible assets                              1,070             1,351            1,580
Other operating                                                5,313             4,825            4,411
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total noninterest expense                                   39,128            35,170           34,422
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                                    23,655            23,050           19,287
Income taxes                                                   4,553             8,301            7,108
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income                                                   $19,102           $14,749          $12,179
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Earnings per share:
  Basic                                                      $  1.52           $  1.18          $  0.98
  Diluted                                                    $  1.49           $  1.16          $  0.97
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
See notes to consolidated financial statements

All per share data has been restated to give  retroactive  effect to stock dividends and splits.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                     II-25

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NBT BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Accumulated
                                                                                       Other
                                            Common     Capital    Retained     Comprehensive    Treasury
                                             Stock     Surplus    Earnings            Income       Stock       Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except per share data)

<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>                <C>       <C>         <C>     
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995               $ 8,442    $ 75,464     $24,076            $2,822    $ (2,760)   $108,044
Net income                                                          12,179                                    12,179
5% stock dividend                              396       7,254      (7,650)                                        -
Cash dividends - $0.355 per share                                   (4,384)                                   (4,384)
Payment in lieu of fractional shares                                   (13)                                      (13)
Purchase of 433,848 treasury shares                                                               (7,241)     (7,241)
Sale of 122,675 treasury shares to
 employee benefit plans and other
  stock plans                                               13                                     2,017       2,030
Unrealized loss on securities
  available for sale, net of reclassification
  adjustment and deferred taxes of $3,005                                             (4,351)                 (4,351)

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996                 8,838      82,731      24,208            (1,529)     (7,984)    106,264
Net income                                                          14,749                                    14,749
5% stock dividend                              428      10,717     (11,145)                                        -
Cash dividends - $0.442 per share                                   (5,544)                                   (5,544)
Payment in lieu of fractional shares                                   (19)                                      (19)
Issuance of 164,030 shares to stock plan       164       2,476                                                 2,640
Purchase of 131,900 treasury shares                                                               (2,568)     (2,568)
Sale of 197,478 treasury shares to
 employee benefit plans and other
 stock plans                                               570                                     3,349       3,919
Unrealized gain on securities
  available for sale, net of reclassification
  adjustment and deferred taxes of $2,695                                              3,902                   3,902

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                 9,430      96,494      22,249             2,373      (7,203)    123,343
Net income                                                          19,102                                    19,102
Stock dividends and splits                   3,586      14,531     (18,117)                                        -
Cash dividends - $0.616 per share                                   (7,711)                                   (7,711)
Payment in lieu of fractional shares                                   (11)                                      (11)
Purchase of 353,000 treasury shares                                                               (9,094)     (9,094)
Sale of 169,364 treasury shares to
 employee benefit plans and other
 stock plans                                               724                                     3,335       4,059
Unrealized gain on securities
  available for sale, net of reclassification
  adjustment and deferred taxes of $654                                                  944                     944
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998               $13,016    $111,749     $15,512            $3,317    $(12,962)   $130,632
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

See notes to consolidated financial statements
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     II-26
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NBT BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                                                     1998             1997              1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>               <C>     
(in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income                                                              $ 19,102         $ 14,749          $ 12,179
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
 provided by operating activities:
  Provision for loan losses                                                4,599            3,505             3,175
  Depreciation of premises and equipment                                   2,047            1,471             1,513
  Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts
   on securities                                                          (2,051)            (236)              254
  Amortization of intangible assets                                        1,070            1,351             1,580
  Deferred income tax benefit                                             (1,227)            (435)             (660)
  Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale                          3,661            4,390             4,268
  Loans originated for sale                                               (3,262)          (3,541)           (4,089)
  Realized (gains) losses on sales of securities                            (624)             337            (1,179)
  Decrease in interest receivable                                          1,039              449             1,048
  Increase (decrease) in interest payable                                   (509)             809                 1
  Gain on sale of other real estate owned, net                              (147)            (121)               (6)
  Sale of branch, net                                                          -             (219)                -
  Other, net                                                                (210)           1,673             1,038
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                 23,488           24,182            19,122
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Securities available for sale:
  Proceeds from maturities                                                80,171           50,762            43,924
  Proceeds from sales                                                    130,293          183,481           218,313
  Purchases                                                             (121,317)        (299,225)         (244,333)
 Securities held to maturity:
  Proceeds from maturities                                                24,244           24,987            31,811
  Purchases                                                              (23,200)         (18,888)          (33,741)
Net increase in loans                                                    (91,686)         (84,261)          (67,013)
Purchase of premises and equipment, net                                   (3,527)          (3,925)           (1,353)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned                             1,954            1,980             1,520
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                     (3,068)        (145,089)          (50,872)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in deposits                                                  30,022           97,864            43,287
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings                         (37,938)          46,283           (27,701)
Proceeds from issuance of other borrowings                                10,000                -            20,050
Repayments of other borrowings                                               (12)         (20,012)           (2,867)
Proceeds from issuance of treasury shares to employee 
  benefit plans and other stock plans                                      4,059            6,559             2,030
Purchase of treasury stock                                                (9,094)          (2,568)           (7,241)
Cash dividends and payment for fractional shares                          (7,722)          (5,563)           (4,397)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                                (10,685)         122,563            23,161
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                       9,735            1,656            (8,589)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                            37,446           35,790            44,379
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                $ 47,181         $ 37,446          $ 35,790
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest                                                              $ 44,186         $ 41,713          $ 36,364
  Income taxes                                                             6,778            6,126             7,569
 Noncash investing activity:
  Transfer of loans held for sale to loans held to maturity                    -                -             1,775
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

See notes to consolidated financial statements
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                     II-27
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NBT BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Year ended December 31,                                       1998              1997              1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (in thousands)

<S>                                                         <C>               <C>               <C>    
 Net income                                                 $19,102           $14,749           $12,179
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during
      period [pre-tax amounts of $2,222; $6,260
      and $(6,177)]                                           1,313             3,702            (3,654)
    Less: Reclassification adjustment for net (gains)
      losses included in net income [pre-tax amounts
      of $(624); $337 and $(1,179)]                            (369)              200              (697)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total other comprehensive income                               944             3,902            (4,351)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Comprehensive income                                       $20,046           $18,651           $ 7,828
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

See notes to consolidated financial statements
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     II-28

<PAGE>
NBT BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
NBT Bancorp  Inc.  ("Bancorp")  and its  subsidiary  follow  generally  accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP") and reporting practices applicable to the banking
industry.  The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with GAAP
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
from these estimates. The following is a description of significant policies and
practices:

CONSOLIDATION  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of
Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary,  NBT Bank, N.A.  ("Bank")  collectively
referred to herein as the Company.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.  Certain amounts  previously  reported in
the  financial  statements  have been  reclassified  to conform with the current
presentation.  In the "Parent Company Financial  Information," the investment in
subsidiary bank is carried under the equity method of accounting.

BUSINESS  The  Company  provides  loan and deposit  services  to its  customers,
primarily in its nine county service area. Its only business segment is domestic
commercial  banking  and the  Company  is  subject  to  competition  from  other
financial institutions.  The Bank and the Company are subject to the regulations
of  certain  federal  agencies  and  undergo  periodic   examinations  by  those
regulatory agencies.

SEGMENT  REPORTING  During  1998,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise
and  Related  Information".  This  Statement  requires  the  Company  to  report
financial  and other  information  about  operating  segments of the Company for
which such  information  is  available  and is utilized  by the chief  operating
decision  makers.   Operating  segments  must  also  meet  certain  quantitative
thresholds in order to be considered reportable segments under this Statement.
         The Company's  operations are solely in the financial services industry
and include the provision of traditional banking services.  The Company operates
solely  in the  geographical  region of  Upstate  New York.  In the  opinion  of
management, the Company does not have any reportable segments as defined by SFAS
No. 131.

TRUST  Assets  held by the  Company in a fiduciary  or agency  capacity  for its
customers  are not included in the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets,
since such assets are not assets of the Company.  Trust income is  recognized on
the accrual method based on  contractual  rates applied to the balances of trust
accounts.

CASH The Company considers cash on hand, amounts due from  correspondent  banks,
cash items in process of collection and institutional money market mutual funds,
to be cash.

SECURITIES  The Company  classifies  its debt  securities at date of purchase as
either  available  for sale or held to  maturity.  The Company does not hold any
securities  considered to be trading. Held to maturity securities are those that
the  Company  has the  ability  and  intent to hold  until  maturity.  All other
securities  not included as held to maturity  are  classified  as available  for
sale.
         Available  for sale  securities  are  recorded at fair  value.  Held to
maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains and
losses,  net of the related tax effect,  on available  for sale  securities  are
excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of stockholders'
equity until realized.  Transfers of securities  between categories are recorded
at fair  value at the  date of  transfer.  A  decline  in the fair  value of any
available for sale or held to maturity  security below cost that is deemed other
than temporary is charged to earnings  resulting in the  establishment  of a new
cost basis for the security.
         Premiums and  discounts  are amortized or accreted over the life of the
related security as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.  Dividends
and interest  income are  recognized  when earned.  Realized gains and losses on
securities  sold are  derived  using  the  specific  identification  method  for
determining the cost of securities sold.

LOANS AND  LOANS  HELD FOR SALE  Loans  are  recorded  at their  current  unpaid
principal  balance,  net of unearned income.  Loans classified as held for sale,
primarily  higher education loans, are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or
estimated fair value. Interest income on loans is primarily accrued based on the
principal amount outstanding.
         The Company's classification of a loan as a nonaccrual loan is based in
part on bank regulatory  guidelines.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when
timely collection of interest is doubtful. Loans are transferred to a nonaccrual

                                     II-29
<PAGE>
basis  generally  when  principal  or  interest   payments  become  ninety  days
delinquent, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection, or
when management concludes circumstances indicate that borrowers may be unable to
meet  contractual  principal  or  interest  payments.  When  in the  opinion  of
management the  collection of principal  appears  unlikely,  the loan balance is
charged-off in total or in part. Accrual of interest is discontinued if the loan
is placed on  nonaccrual  status.  When a loan is  transferred  to a  nonaccrual
status, any unpaid accrued interest is reversed and charged against income.
         Management,  considering  current  information and events regarding the
borrowers'  ability to repay the  obligations,  considers  a loan to be impaired
when it is probable  that the Company  will be unable to collect all amounts due
according  to the  contractual  terms  of the  loan  agreement.  When a loan  is
considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured based on the
present value of expected future cash flows  discounted at the loan's  effective
interest  rate or, as a practical  expedient,  at the loan's  observable  market
price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
         Payments received on nonaccrual and impaired loans are first applied to
principal. Depending on management's assessment of the ultimate collectiblity of
the loan,  interest income may be recognized on a cash basis.  Nonaccrual  loans
are returned to accrual  status when  management  determines  that the financial
condition of the borrower  has improved  significantly  to the extent that there
has been a sustained period of repayment performance so that the loan is brought
current and the collectibility of both principal and interest appears assured.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES The allowance for loan losses is the amount which,  in
the opinion of management,  is necessary to absorb  potential losses in the loan
portfolio when taken as a whole. The allowance is determined by reference to the
market  area the  Company  serves,  local  economic  conditions,  the growth and
composition  of the loan  portfolio  with respect to the mix between the various
types of loans and their related risk characteristics,  a review of the value of
collateral supporting the loans, and comprehensive reviews of the loan portfolio
by the Loan Review  staff and  management.  As a result of the test of adequacy,
required  additions to the  allowance for loan losses are made  periodically  by
charges to the provision for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance
for loan losses is adequate.  While  management  uses  available  information to
recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may
be necessary based on changes in economic conditions or changes in the values of
properties  securing loans in the process of foreclosure.  In addition,  various
regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,
periodically  review the Company's  allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may
require the Company to  recognize  additions  to the  allowance  for loan losses
based on their  judgements  about  information  available to them at the time of
their examination which may not be currently available to management.

COMPANY  PREMISES AND  EQUIPMENT  Company  premises and  equipment are stated at
cost, less accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation of premises and equipment is
determined using the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the
respective assets. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, and minor replacements
are charged to expense as incurred.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED Other real estate owned ("OREO")  consists of properties
acquired through  foreclosure or by acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.
These assets are recorded at the lower of carrying  amount or fair market value,
less any estimated  costs of disposal.  Loan losses arising from the acquisition
of such assets are charged to the allowance  for loan losses and any  subsequent
valuation  write-downs are charged to other expense.  Operating costs associated
with the  properties  are charged to expense as  incurred.  Gains on the sale of
OREO are  included  in income  when  title has  passed  and the sale has met the
minimum down payment  requirements  prescribed by generally accepted  accounting
principles.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS Certain identified  intangible assets,  including goodwill and
core  deposit  intangible  assets are carried at appraised  fair values,  net of
accumulated amortization, and are being amortized by the straight line method in
amounts  sufficient to write-off those fair values over their  estimated  useful
lives;  such fair values and useful  lives are  reviewed  annually for events or
changes in  circumstances  that may  indicate  that the  carrying  amount of the
assets are not recoverable.  Goodwill, the excess of cost over the fair value of
the net  assets  acquired,  is being  amortized  over  twenty-five  years on the
straight line method.

TREASURY  STOCK  Treasury stock  acquisitions  are recorded at cost.  Subsequent
sales of treasury stock are recorded on an average cost basis. Gains on the sale
of  treasury  stock  are  credited  to  capital  surplus.  Losses on the sale of
treasury stock are charged to capital  surplus to the extent of previous  gains,
otherwise charged to retained earnings.

POSTRETIREMENT  BENEFITS The Company uses actuarial based accrual accounting for
its  postretirement  health care plans,  electing to  recognize  the  transition
obligation  on a  delayed  basis  over the  plan  participants'  future  service
periods, estimated to be twenty years.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>
INCOME TAXES The Company files a  consolidated  tax return on the accrual basis.
Deferred   income  taxes  are  recognized   for  the  future  tax   consequences
attributable to differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing  assets and liabilities  and their  respective tax bases.  Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred  taxes of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by
dividing income available to common  shareholders by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects
the potential  dilution  that could occur if  securities  or other  contracts to
issue common stock were  exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in
the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. All
share and per share data has been adjusted retroactively for stock dividends and
splits.  The  following is a  reconciliation  of basic and diluted  earnings per
share for the years presented in the income statement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                                         1998              1997             1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>   
(in thousands)

Basic EPS:
   Weighted average common shares outstanding                 12,570            12,548           12,436
  Net income available to common shareholders                $19,102           $14,749          $12,179
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic EPS                                                    $  1.52              1.18          $  0.98
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Diluted EPS:
  Weighted average common shares outstanding                  12,570            12,548           12,436
  Dilutive common stock options                                  262               152               78
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Weighted average common shares and common
   share equivalents                                          12,832            12,700           12,514
  Net income available to common stockholders                $19,102           $14,749          $12,179
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted EPS                                                  $  1.49           $  1.16          $  0.97
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD REQUIREMENT
The Company is required to maintain a reserve  balance with the Federal  Reserve
Bank of New York. The required  average total reserve for the 14 day maintenance
period  ending  December 30, 1998,  was $11.1  million of which $3.8 million was
required to be on deposit with the Federal  Reserve Bank and the remaining  $7.3
million was represented by cash on hand.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
The Company does not engage in the use of derivative  financial  instruments and
currently the Company's only financial  instruments with off-balance  sheet risk
consist of commitments to originate loans and commitments  under unused lines of
credit.


                                     II-31
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECURITIES
The amortized  cost,  estimated  fair value and  unrealized  gains and losses of
securities available for sale are as follows:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Amortized                    Unrealized                       Fair
(in thousands)                         Cost               Gains           Losses               Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                   <C>                <C>             <C>     
U.S. Treasury                      $ 10,406              $   75             $  -            $ 10,481
Federal Agency                       67,430                 745               85              68,090
State & Municipal                     1,273                  49                -               1,322
Mortgage-backed                     267,759               4,584               50             272,293
Other securities                      3,281                 303               12               3,572
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                              $350,149              $5,756             $147            $355,758
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Treasury                      $  2,395              $   11             $  -            $  2,406
Federal Agency                       95,590                 279              199              95,670
State & Municipal                     1,648                  31                2               1,677
Mortgage-backed                     335,669               4,034              206             339,497
Other securities                      1,319                  67                4               1,382
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                              $436,621              $4,422             $411            $440,632
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         Gross  realized  gains  and  gross  realized  losses  on  the  sale  of
securities available for sale were $0.6 million and $0.02 million, respectively,
in  1998.  Gross  realized  gains  and  gross  realized  losses  on the  sale of
securities available for sale were $0.4 million and $0.7 million,  respectively,
in  1997.  Gross  realized  gains  and  gross  realized  losses  on the  sale of
securities available for sale were $1.6 million and $0.4 million,  respectively,
in 1996.
         At  December  31,  1998  and  1997,  securities  with  amortized  costs
totalling  $319.5  million and $382.5  million,  respectively,  were  pledged to
secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

         The amortized  cost,  estimated fair value,  and  unrealized  gains and
losses of securities held to maturity are as follows:

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Amortized                    Unrealized                       Fair
(in thousands)                         Cost               Gains           Losses               Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                      <C>              <C>            <C>    
State & Municipal                   $22,649                  $-               $-             $22,649
Other securities                      1,517                   -                -               1,517
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock         10,929                   -                -              10,929
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                               $35,095                  $-               $-             $35,095
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State & Municipal                   $23,692                  $-               $-             $23,692
Other securities                      1,518                   -                -               1,518
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock         10,929                   -                -              10,929
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                               $36,139                  $-               $-             $36,139
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), the Company holds the required
investment in FHLB stock.

         At December 31, 1998 and 1997 substantially all of the  mortgage-backed
securities held by the Company were issued or backed by Federal agencies.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REMAINING MATURITIES OF SECURITIES AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         After One Year       After Five Years
                        Within             But Within            But Within             After Ten               Total
                       One Year            Five Years            Ten Years                Years               Portfolio
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Yield      Amount     Yield       Amount     Yield       Amount    Yield      Amount     Yield
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
U.S. Treasury          $     -       -%     $     -       -%      $     -         -%    $ 10,406     5.23%    $ 10,406    5.23%
Federal Agency               -       -            -        -       13,800      6.70       53,630     7.44       67,430    7.29
State & Municipal          150    4.85          464     6.18          659      6.06            -        -        1,273    5.96
Mortgage-backed            447    6.36       27,709     6.52       26,607      6.74      212,996     6.93      267,759    6.86
Other securities             -       -            -        -            -         -        3,281     6.37        3,281    6.37
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amortized cost         $   597    5.98%     $28,173     6.51%     $41,066      6.72%    $280,313     6.96%    $350,149    6.88%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value             $   599              $28,584               $41,571               $285,004              $355,758
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:
State & Municipal      $18,201    6.13%     $ 3,300     7.87%     $ 1,078      8.01%    $     70     8.35%    $ 22,649    6.50%
Other securities             -       -            7        -       12,439      6.88            -        -       12,446    6.87
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amortized cost         $18,201    6.13%     $ 3,307     7.85%     $13,517      6.97%    $     70     8.35%    $ 35,095    6.63%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value             $18,201              $ 3,307               $13,517               $     70              $ 35,095
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

In the tables  setting  forth the maturity  distribution  and  weighted  average
taxable equivalent yield of securities at December 31, 1998, yields on amortized
cost have been calculated  based on effective  yields weighted for the scheduled
maturity of each security using the marginal federal tax rate of 35%.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE AND LOAN SERVICING
The  Company  carries  loans  held for sale at the  lower of  aggregate  cost or
estimated fair value. It is the Company's  practice to sell its higher education
loans to the Student Loan Marketing  Association at the Company's cost after the
student  leaves  school.  During 1998,  $2.8 million of such loans were sold. At
December 31, 1998, the aggregate cost and estimated fair value of loans held for
sale were $2.9 million,  while at December 31, 1997 aggregate cost and estimated
market value were $3.3 million.
         During 1998,  $0.9 million in mortgage  loans were sold with  servicing
retained.  At December  31, 1998,  the Company  serviced  $26.4  million of real
estate mortgages on behalf of other financial intermediaries; such loans are not
reflected in the Company's balance sheet.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the three years ended  December 31,
1998, are summarized as follows:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (in thousands)                                1998              1997              1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>    
 Balance at January 1,                      $11,582           $10,473           $ 9,120
 Provision                                    4,599             3,505             3,175
 Recoveries                                     933               892               956
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             17,114            14,870            13,251
 Loans charged off                            4,152             3,288             2,778
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Balance at December 31,                    $12,962           $11,582           $10,473
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

NONPERFORMING ASSETS
The Company's  concentrations of credit risk are reflected in the balance sheet.
The  concentrations  of credit risk with  standby  letters of credit,  committed
lines of credit and commitments to originate new loans generally follow the loan
classifications. A substantial portion of the Company's loans is secured by real
estate  located in central and  northern  New York.  Accordingly,  the  ultimate
collectiblity of a substantial portion of the Company's portfolio is susceptible
to changes in market  conditions of those areas.  Management is not aware of any
material concentrations of credit to any industry or individual borrowers.
         The effect of nonaccrual  loans on interest  income for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 was not material. The Company is not committed
to  advance  additional  funds to these  borrowers.  Nonaccrual  loans were $3.6
million and $5.3 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

                                     II-33
<PAGE>
         At December 31, 1998,  the recorded  investment  in impaired  loans was
$2.4  million.  Included  in this amount is $1.1  million of impaired  loans for
which the  specifically  allocated  allowance for loan loss is $0.2 million.  In
addition,  included in impaired loans is $1.3 million of impaired loans that, as
a result of the adequacy of collateral values and cash flow analysis do not have
a specific  reserve.  At December 31, 1997, the recorded  investment in impaired
loans  was  $4.3  million,  of  which  $1.9  million  had a  specific  allowance
allocation  of $0.6  million  and $2.4  million  for which there was no specific
reserve.  The average  recorded  investment in impaired  loans was $4.0 million,
$3.1 million and $4.0 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  During the
years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996 the  Company  recognized  $0.1
million,  $0.1 million and $0.5  million,  respectively,  of interest  income on
impaired  loans,  all of which was  recognized  using  the cash  basis of income
recognition.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In the  ordinary  course of business,  the Company has made loans at  prevailing
rates and terms to directors,  officers,  and other related parties. Such loans,
in  management's  opinion,  did  not  present  more  than  the  normal  risk  of
collectiblity or incorporate other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of
loans outstanding to qualifying related parties and changes during the years are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998                 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>    
(in thousands)
Balance at January 1,                              $ 3,563              $ 4,238
New loans                                            3,463                3,226
Repayments                                          (2,584)              (3,901)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31,                            $ 4,442              $ 3,563
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
A summary of premises and equipment follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                          1998                 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>    
(in thousands)
Company premises                                   $21,836              $20,047
Equipment                                           20,630               17,277
Construction in progress                               306                2,601
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    42,772               39,925
Accumulated depreciation                            22,531               21,164
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total premises and equipment                       $20,241              $18,761
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Depreciation  of premises and equipment  totaled $2.0 million in 1998,  and $1.5
million in 1997 and 1996.

         Rental expense  included in occupancy  expense amounted to $0.4 million
annually in 1998,  and $0.3 million in 1997 and 1996.  The future minimum rental
commitments as of December 31, 1998, for noncancellable operating leases were as
follows:  1999--$0.3 million; 2000--$0.3 million; 2001--$0.3 million; 2002--$0.2
million; and 2003--and beyond--$0.2 million.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company,  in a cash transaction,  acquired deposits  totalling $42.6 million
and selected loans totalling $1.1 million, of three branches from Community Bank
Systems Inc.  effective  December 16, 1995.  Also included were related  accrued
interest payable and receivable and premises and equipment, the amounts of which
were not  material.  All  assets  and  liabilities  acquired  were  recorded  at
appraised fair values at that date,  creating additional core deposit intangible
assets and  goodwill.  Branch  acquisition  costs for 1997 is an  adjustment  or
reclassification  of amounts  recorded for the  December  1995  transaction.  At
December 31, 1998 and 1997, the accumulated  amortization  of intangible  assets
was $18.2 and $17.1 million, respectively.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The table below presents significant balances, amortization and the respective periods of amortization:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                      1998                1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>   
(in thousands)
Goodwill (25 yrs.):
Beginning balance                               $5,718              $6,022
Branch acquisition                                   -                  35
Amortization                                      (339)               (339)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ending balance                                   5,379               5,718
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Core deposit intangible assets (3-12 yrs.):
Beginning balance                                2,924               3,931
Branch acquisition                                   -                   5
Amortization                                      (731)             (1,012)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ending balance                                   2,193               2,924
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total intangible assets, net                    $7,572              $8,642
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

DEPOSITS
Time deposits of $100,000 or more aggregated $282.0  million, $269.9 million and
$191.3 million at year-end 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of time certificates of deposit:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                        1998                   1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>     
(in thousands)
Within one year                                 $409,142               $433,472
After one but within two years                    56,101                 50,215
After two but within three years                  18,129                 18,225
After three but within four years                  8,879                  9,219
After four but within five years                   6,057                  5,617
After five years                                     137                     84
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                           $498,445               $516,832
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Short-term  borrowings  consist of federal funds  purchased and securities  sold
under  repurchase  agreements,  which generally  represent  overnight  borrowing
transactions, and other short-term borrowings,  primarily Federal Home Loan Bank
(FHLB) advances,  with original  maturities of one year or less. The Company has
unused lines of credit  available  for  short-term  financing of $266 million at
December 31, 1998. Securities  collateralizing repurchase agreements are held in
safekeeping  by a  non-affiliated  financial  institutions  and  are  under  the
Company's control.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Information related to short-term borrowings is summarized as follows:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1998              1997             1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>              <C>    
(in thousands)
FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED
Balance at year-end                                  $28,000           $25,000          $48,000
Average during the year                               35,674            29,501           30,929
Maximum month end balance                             60,000            49,000           56,000
Weighted average rate during the year                   5.58%             5.70%            5.53%
Weighted average rate at December 31                    4.75%             6.13%            7.38%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
Balance at year-end                                  $38,388           $59,721          $40,244
Average during the year                               33,659            51,427           23,893
Maximum month end balance                             42,085            95,403           40,244
Weighted average rate during the year                   4.01%             5.04%            4.32%
Weighted average rate at December 31                    3.61%             5.03%            4.43%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Balance at year-end                                  $30,201           $49,806          $     -
Average during the year                               44,908            38,331           18,370
Maximum month end balance                             50,165            49,806           50,000
Weighted average rate during the year                   5.96%             6.02%            5.45%
Weighted average rate at December 31                    5.62%             5.82%               -%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

OTHER BORROWINGS
Other borrowings consists of obligations having an original maturity at issuance
of more than one year. A summary of other borrowings follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             Maturity         Interest                  Year-end outstanding
(dollars in thousands)           Date             Rate                  1998             1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>              <C>                 <C>                 <C>     
FHLB advance                     2005             5.23                10,000                -
FHLB advance                     2008             5.33                   128              137
FHLB advance                     2008             7.20                    43               46
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                                $10,171             $183
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

FHLB advances are collateralized by the FHLB stock owned by the Company, certain
of its real estate mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities.

<PAGE>
INCOME TAXES
Deferred  income taxes are  recognized  for  temporary  differences  between the
financial statement carrying amount and tax basis of assets and liabilities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Total income taxes were allocated as follows:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                            1998          1997          1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>    
(in thousands)
Income before income taxes                      $ 4,553      $ 8,301       $ 7,108
Stockholders' equity, capital surplus,
 for stock options exercised                       (117)        (329)          (36)
Stockholders' equity, for unrealized gain
 (loss) on securities                               654        2,695        (3,005)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                           $ 5,090      $10,667       $ 4,067
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-36
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The significant components of income taxes attributable to operations are:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                           1998          1997          1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>   
(in thousands)
Current:
  Federal                                       $4,435        $7,297        $6,331
  State                                          1,345         1,439         1,437
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 5,780         8,736         7,768
Deferred:
  Federal                                         (998)         (330)         (472)
  State                                           (229)         (105)         (188)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (1,227)         (435)         (660)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                           $4,553        $8,301        $7,108
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                                    1998              1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>   
(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for loan losses                                   $5,132            $4,586
  Deferred compensation                                          324               306
  Postretirement benefit obligation                              993               751
  Other                                                          492               455
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total gross deferred tax assets                                6,941             6,098
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Prepaid pension obligation                                     396               532
  Premises and equipment, primarily due to accelerated
   depreciation                                                  644               588
  Undistributed earnings of Bank subsidiary                        -               136
  Unrealized gain on securities available for sale             2,292             1,638
  Securities discount accretion                                  328               472
  Other                                                           25                49
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities                           3,685             3,415
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net deferred tax assets                                     $3,256            $2,683
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Realization  of deferred tax assets is dependent  upon the  generation of future
taxable  income  or the  existence  of  sufficient  taxable  income  within  the
carryback period. A valuation  allowance is provided when it is more likely than
not that some portion of the  deferred tax asset will not be realized.  Based on
available evidence,  gross deferred tax assets will ultimately be realized and a
valuation allowance was not deemed necessary.

The  following  is a  reconciliation  of the  provision  for income taxes to the
amount  computed by applying the  applicable  Federal  statutory  rate of 35% to
income before taxes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                            1998          1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>          <C>   
(in thousands)
Federal income tax at statutory rate             $8,279        $8,068       $6,751
Benefit of federal tax rates below statutory rate  (100)            -          (10)
Tax exempt income                                  (570)         (613)        (627)
Non-deductible expenses                             243           220          241
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit             725           867          812
Federal income tax benefit
  from corporate realignment                     (4,186)            -            -
Other, net                                          162          (241)         (59)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes                                     $4,553        $8,301       $7,108
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                     II-37
<PAGE>
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Included in the data  processing and  communications  expense  category are data
processing fees of $2.6 million,  $1.9 million,  and $1.5 million in years 1998,
1997, and 1996,  respectively.  The future minimum annual  commitments  for data
processing services as of December 31, 1998 were as follows: 1999--$3.2 million;
2000--$2.9  million;  2001--$2.9  million;  2002--$2.4  million;  and  2003--and
beyond--$1.1 million.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Company is a party to financial  instruments  with off balance sheet risk in
the normal  course of business  to meet the  financing  needs of its  customers.
These  financial  instruments  include  commitments to extend credit and standby
letters  of  credit.  The  Company's  exposure  to  credit  loss in the event of
nonperformance  by the  other  party to the  commitments  to extend  credit  and
standby  letters of credit is  represented  by the  contractual  amount of those
instruments.  The Company uses the same credit  standards in making  commitments
and  conditional  obligations  as it does for on balance sheet  instruments.  At
December 31, 1998, off balance sheet  commitments to extend credit for primarily
variable  rate loans  amounted  to $165.3  million  secured by $95.0  million in
collateral  value. The amount of standby letters of credit at December 31, 1998,
amounted to $1.4 million  secured by $0.1 million in cash. At December 31, 1997,
off balance sheet commitments to extend credit for primarily variable rate loans
amounted to $127.4  million  secured by $70.1 million in collateral  value.  The
amount of standby  letters of credit at  December  31,  1997,  amounted  to $1.8
million secured by $0.1 million in cash.
         At December 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company  held no off balance  sheet
derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, forward contracts,
futures,  options on financial  futures,  or interest  rate floors,  and was not
subject  to  the  market  risk  associated   with  such   derivative   financial
instruments.  The Company holds one interest rate cap with an amortized  cost of
$49  thousand at December 31, 1998 and $194  thousand at December 31, 1997.  The
cap expires in May of 1999.
         In the normal course of business  there are various  outstanding  legal
proceedings. In the opinion of management, the aggregate amount involved in such
proceedings is not material to the financial  condition or results of operations
of the Company.

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan for stockholders under which no new
shares of common stock were issued in 1998 and 1997.  There were 736,065  shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under the plan at December 31, 1998
(the  number of shares  available  has been  adjusted  for stock  dividends  and
splits).
         Certain  restrictions  exist  regarding  the  ability  of the  Bank  to
transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends. The approval of the
Comptroller of the Currency is required to pay dividends in excess of the Bank's
earnings  retained  in the  current  year  plus  retained  net  profits  for the
preceding  two years or when the Bank fails to meet certain  minimum  regulatory
capital  standards.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank has the ability to pay $18.8
million in dividends to the Company without obtaining prior regulatory approval.
Under the State of Delaware  Business  Corporation  Law, the Company may declare
and pay dividends  either out of  accumulated  net retained  earnings or capital
surplus.
         The Company  currently  is  authorized  to issue 2.5 million  shares of
preferred  stock,  no par value,  $1.00 stated value.  The Board of Directors is
authorized   to  fix   the   particular   designations,   preferences,   rights,
qualifications,  and restrictions for each series of preferred stock issued.  In
November 1994, the Company adopted a Stockholder  Rights Plan (Plan) designed to
ensure that any potential  acquiror of the Company  negotiate  with the Board of
Directors and that all Company  stockholders are treated  equitably in the event
of a  takeover  attempt.  At that  time,  the  Company  paid a  dividend  of one
Preferred  Share  Purchase  Right (Right) for each  outstanding  share of common
stock of the Company. Similar Rights are attached to each share of the Company's
common stock issued after November 15, 1994,  subject to  adjustment.  Under the
Plan,  the  Rights  will not be  exercisable  until a person  or group  acquires
beneficial  ownership of 20 percent or more of the Company's  outstanding common
stock, begins a tender or exchange offer for 25 percent or more of the Company's
outstanding  common  stock,  or an adverse  person,  as declared by the Board of
Directors,  acquires  10 percent  or more of the  Company's  outstanding  common
stock.  Additionally,  until the occurrence of such an event, the Rights are not
severable  from the Company's  common stock and,  therefore,  the Rights will be
transferred upon the transfer of shares of the Company's common stock.  Upon the
occurrence  of such  events,  each Right  entitles  the holder to  purchase  one
one-hundredth  of a share of Series R Preferred  Stock, no par value,  and $1.00
stated value per share of the Company at a price of $100.
         The Plan also  provides that upon the  occurrence of certain  specified
events,  the holders of Rights will be  entitled  to acquire  additional  equity
interests,  in the Company or in the acquiring  entity,  such interests having a
market value of two times the Right's exercise price of $100. The Rights,  which
expire  November 14, 2004,  are  redeemable  in whole,  but not in part,  at the
Company's  option prior to the time they are  exercisable,  for a price of $0.01
per Right.

                                     II-38
<PAGE>
REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital  requirements
administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements   can  initiate   certain   mandatory   and   possibly   additional
discretionary  actions by regulators  that, if  undertaken,  could have a direct
material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy
guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank
must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative  measures of the
Bank's assets,  liabilities,  and certain  off-balance sheet items as calculated
under regulatory  accounting  practices.  The capital amounts and classification
are also subject to qualitative  judgements by the regulators about  components,
risk weightings, and other factors.
         Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to ensure  capital
adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios
(set  forth in the table  below) of total  and Tier 1 Capital  to  risk-weighted
assets,  and of Tier 1 capital to average  assets.  As of December  31, 1998 the
Company  and the Bank  meet all  capital  adequacy  requirements  to which it is
subject.
         As of December 31, 1998 the most recent notification from The Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency  categorized the Bank as well capitalized  under
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well
capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based,  Tier 1 risk-based,
Tier 1 leverage  ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no  conditions  or
events since that notification that management  believes have changed the Bank's
category.
         The  Company  and the  Bank's  actual  capital  amounts  and ratios are
presented in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        To Be Well
                                                                                                     Capitalized Under
                                                                                For Capital          Prompt Corrective
                                                            ACTUAL            Adequacy Purposes:    Action Provisions:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                                          AMOUNT     RATIO       Amount     Ratio       Amount      Ratio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>   
As of December 31, 1998:
 Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
  Company Consolidated                                $129,967    15.94%     $ 65,214     8.00%     $ 81,517     10.00%
  Bank                                                $124,646    15.36%     $ 64,912     8.00%     $ 81,140     10.00%

 Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
  Company Consolidated                                $119,743    14.69%     $ 32,607     4.00%     $ 48,910      6.00%
  Bank                                                $114,469    14.11%     $ 32,456     4.00%     $ 48,684      6.00%

 Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):
  Company Consolidated                                $119,743     9.33%     $ 38,513     3.00%     $ 64,188      5.00%
  Bank                                                $114,469     8.96%     $ 38,341     3.00%     $ 63,901      5.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As of December 31, 1997:
 Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
  Company Consolidated                                $121,792    16.13%     $ 60,403     8.00%     $ 75,504     10.00%
  Bank                                                $115,279    15.31%     $ 60,241     8.00%     $ 75,301     10.00%

 Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
  Company Consolidated                                $112,328    14.88%     $ 30,201     4.00%     $ 45,302      6.00%
  Bank                                                $105,840    14.06%     $ 30,120     4.00%     $ 45,180      6.00%

 Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):
  Company Consolidated                                $112,328     8.91%     $ 37,828     3.00%     $ 63,047      5.00%
  Bank                                                $105,840     8.43%     $ 37,646     3.00%     $ 62,743      5.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS Nonpension benefits are accrued over
the employees'  active service  period,  defined as the date of employment up to
the date of the employees'  eligibility for such benefits.  The Company provides
certain  health care benefits for retired  employees.  The health care plans are

                                     II-39
<PAGE>
contributory  for  participating  retirees  and  also  requires  them to  absorb
deductibles and coinsurance with contributions adjusted annually to reflect cost
sharing provisions and benefit  limitations.  Substantially all of the employees
may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while
working for the Company or its  subsidiaries.  The  benefits are provided by the
participants  choice of health  maintenance  organizations  with community rated
premiums or  self-insured  plans  administered  by  insurance  companies,  whose
premiums  are based on the claims  paid during the year.  The Company  funds the
cost of post retirement health care as benefits are paid. The Company elected to
recognize  the  transition  obligation in the balance  sheets and  statements of
income on a delayed basis over the plan  participant's  future service  periods,
estimated to be twenty years.
         The  Company  used  a  health  care  trend  rate  in  calculating   its
postretirement  benefit  obligation  of 7.5%  to 8.5%  for  1999,  grading  down
uniformly to 5.5% for 2005 and thereafter.

     The net  postretirement  health  benefits  expense and funded status are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                                   1998             1997              1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>                  <C> 
(in thousands)
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
  Service cost                                         $   205          $   182              $124
  Interest cost                                            261              255               183
  Amortization of transition obligation                     85               85                85
  Amortization of gains and losses                          25               28                 -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net periodic postretirement benefit cost             $   576          $   550              $392
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in benefit obligation:
  Benefit obligation at beginning of the year          $ 4,158          $ 2,708
  Service cost                                             205              182
  Interest cost                                            261              255
  Plan participant's contributions                          95               83
  Actuarial (gain) loss                                   (172)           1,108
  Benefits paid                                           (197)            (178)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Benefit obligation at end of year                    $ 4,350          $ 4,158
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components of accrued benefit cost:
  Funded status                                        $(4,350)         $(4,158)
  Unrecognized transition obligation                     1,188            1,273
  Unrecognized actuarial net loss                        1,108            1,306
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Accrued benefit cost                                 $(2,054)         $(1,579)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average discount rate                            6.75%            7.00%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Assumed  health  care cost  trend  rates  have a  significant  effect on amounts
reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage  point change in the health
care trend rates would have the following effects:

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1-PERCENTAGE      1-PERCENTAGE
                                                                          POINT             POINT
                                                                       INCREASE          DECREASE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>    
(in thousands)
Effect on total of service and interest cost components                  $  127          $   (97)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                                 951             (766)

</TABLE>
RETIREMENT  SAVINGS AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN Effective January 1, 1997,
the Company  terminated the existing  Retirement Savings Plan and Employee Stock
Ownership Plan (ESOP) and merged the assets and liabilities  into the 401(k) and
Employee Stock Ownership  Plan. The Company  contributes an amount equal to 100%
of employees  401(k)  contributions up to 5% of their annual salary for 1998 and
1997,  and  up  to  3%  for  1996.  In  addition,  the  Company  may  also  make
discretionary   ESOP  contributions   based  on  the  Company's   profitability.
Participation   in  the  Plan  is  contingent   upon  certain  age  and  service
requirements. Provisions for contributions to the combined Plan amounted to $1.0
million in 1998 and $0.7 million in 1997.  During 1996, a combined  $0.9 million
was contributed to the Retirement Savings and ESOP plans.

                                     II-40
<PAGE>
PENSION PLAN The Company has a qualified,  noncontributory pension plan covering
substantially all employees. Benefits paid from the plan are based on age, years
of service,  compensation prior to retirement, social security benefits, and are
determined in accordance with defined formulas.  The Company's policy is to fund
the pension plan in accordance with ERISA standards.

         The net  pension  expense  and the  funded  status  of the  plan are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended December 31,                                  1998              1997            1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>             <C>     
(in thousands)
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
   Service cost                                      $    701          $    508        $    454
  Interest cost                                         1,354             1,181           1,119
  Expected return on plan assets                       (1,705)           (1,406)         (1,305)
  Amortization of initial unrecognized asset             (109)             (109)           (109)
  Amortization of prior service cost                      257               257             218
  Amortization of unrecognized net gain                     -               (36)            (20)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net periodic pension cost                          $    498          $    395        $    357
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in benefit obligation:
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year            $(19,490)         $(15,910)       $(12,284)
  Service cost                                           (701)             (508)           (454)
  Interest cost                                        (1,354)           (1,181)         (1,119)
  Prior service cost                                        -                 -          (3,515)
  Actuarial gain                                       (1,119)           (3,098)           (152)
  Benefits paid                                         1,230             1,207           1,614
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Benefit obligation at end of year                  $(21,434)         $(19,490)       $(15,910)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in plan assets:
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year     $ 19,431          $ 15,589        $ 14,879
  Actual return on plan assets                          3,672             3,266           2,072
  Employer contributions                                   58             1,784             252
  Benefits paid                                        (1,230)           (1,207)         (1,614)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Fair value of plan assets at end of year           $ 21,931          $ 19,432        $ 15,589
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Plan assets in excess of projected
    benefit obligation                               $    497          $    (58)       $   (321)
  Unrecognized portion of net asset at transition      (1,194)           (1,304)         (1,413)
  Unrecognized net actuarial loss                      (2,247)           (1,399)         (2,673)
  Unrecognized prior service cost                       3,934             4,191           4,448
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Prepaid benefit cost                               $    990          $  1,430        $     41
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average assumptions as of December 31,
  Discount rate                                          6.75%             7.00%           7.50%
  Expected long-term return on plan assets               9.00%             9.00%           9.00%
  Rate of compensation increase                          4.00%             4.00%           4.00%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

STOCK OPTION PLANS The Company has two stock option plans  (Plans).  At December
31, 1998, there were 1,658,334 shares of the Company's common stock reserved for
issuance under the Plans. Under the terms of the Plans,  options were granted to
key employees to purchase shares of the Company's  common stock at a price equal
to the fair market value of the common  stock on the date of the grant.  Options
granted terminate eight or ten years from the date of the grant.
         At December 31, 1998, there were 1,020,464  additional shares available
for grant under the Plans.  The per share  weighted-average  fair value of stock
options  granted  during  1998,  1997 and  1996  was  $6.77,  $5.14  and  $3.14,
respectively on the date of grant using the Black Scholes  option-pricing  model
with the following weighted-average  assumptions: 1998 - expected dividend yield
of 2.75%,  expected volatility of 21.86%,  risk-free interest rates of 5.49% and
5.62%,  and  expected  life 7 years;  1997 - expected  dividend  yield of 2.60%,
expected volatility of 22.56%,  risk-free interest rates of 6.52% and 6.58%, and
an expected life of 7 years;  1996 expected  dividend  yield of 3.16%,  expected
volatility  of  15.35%,  risk-free  interest  rates of 5.52% and  6.41%,  and an
expected life of 7 years.
         The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plans and,
accordingly,  no compensation  cost has been recognized for its stock options in
the financial statements.  Had the Company determined compensation cost based on

                                      II-41
<PAGE>
the fair value at the grant date for its stock  options  under SFAS No. 123, the
Company's  net income and  earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro
forma amounts indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998          1997          1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                    <C>           <C>           <C>    
Net income                         As reported            $19,102       $14,749       $12,179
                                     Pro forma             18,613        14,404        11,977

Basic earnings per share           As reported            $  1.52       $  1.18       $  0.98
                                     Pro forma               1.48          1.15          0.96

Diluted earnings per share         As reported            $  1.49       $  1.16       $  0.97
                                     Pro forma               1.45          1.13          0.96
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Pro forma net income  reflects  only  options  granted  in 1998,  1997 and 1996.
Therefore,  the full impact of calculating  compensation  cost for stock options
under  SFAS  No.  123 is not  reflected  in the pro  forma  net  income  amounts
presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting
period of 4 years and compensation  cost for options granted prior to January 1,
1996 is not considered.
         Because the  Company's  employee  stock  options  have  characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options for which the Black-Scholes
model was developed, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can
materially affect the fair value estimate,  the existing models, in management's
opinion,  do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value
of its employee stock options.
         The following is a summary of changes in options outstanding:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Number         Weighted Average of
                                                        of           Exercise Price of
                                                   Options          Options Under Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                          <C>   
Balance, December 31, 1995                         522,204                      $ 9.44
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted                                            167,470                       10.68
Exercised                                          (25,334)                       8.39
Lapsed                                             (16,049)                      10.47
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1996                         648,291                      $ 9.78
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted                                            166,698                       12.25
Exercised                                         (293,165)                       9.65
Lapsed                                             (29,294)                      10.86
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                         492,530                      $10.62
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted                                            171,080                       19.08
Exercised                                          (22,563)                       8.47
Lapsed                                              (3,177)                      11.94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                         637,870                      $12.96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
The following table summarizes  information concerning currently outstanding and
exercisable options:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Options Outstanding                        Options Exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Weighted
                                                  Average
                                                Remaining         Weighted                            Weighted
     Range of                                 Contractual          Average                             Average
     Exercise                     Number             Life         Exercise            Number          Exercise
     Prices                  Outstanding       (in years)            Price       Exercisable             Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>   
$6.01  - $11.00                  311,470            5.90            $ 9.97           236,464            $ 9.79
$11.01 - $16.00                  155,320            8.08             12.22            62,128             12.22
$16.01 - $21.00                  171,080            9.08             19.08                 -                 -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$6.01  - $21.00                  637,870            7.28            $12.96           298,592            $10.29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                     II-42
<PAGE>
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,                                                    1998              1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>     
(in thousands)
ASSETS
Cash                                                        $  1,875          $  2,750
Due from subsidiary bank                                          24                 2
Securities available for sale                                  3,572             3,788
Loans                                                             18                19
Investment in subsidiary bank                                125,187           116,811
Other assets                                                      51               117
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                $130,727          $123,487
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Other liabilities                                           $     95          $    144
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                                 95               144
Stockholders' equity                                         130,632           123,343
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                  $130,727          $123,487
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                         1998              1997             1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>  
(in thousands)
Dividends from subsidiary bank                               $11,500           $ 6,000          $ 9,700
Interest and dividend income                                     345               322              180
Gain on sale of securities available for sale                     16                 -                3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              11,861             6,322            9,883
Interest expense                                                   -                 -              234
Operating expense                                                257               299              402
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and equity in
 undistributed income of subsidiary bank                      11,604             6,023            9,247
Income tax expense (benefit)                                      61                26             (170)
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary bank              7,559             8,752            2,762
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                                                   $19,102           $14,749          $12,179
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-43
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                               1998           1997         1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>          <C>     
(in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income                                                        $ 19,102       $ 14,749     $ 12,179
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
 provided by operating activities:
  Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts
   on securities                                                        (4)            (4)         (15)
  Realized gains on sale of securities available for sale              (15)             -           (3)
  (Increase) decrease in other assets                                   66            (83)          62
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                             (49)            (3)          15
  Undistributed net income of subsidiary bank                       (7,559)        (8,752)      (2,762)
  Other, net                                                           (88)           (18)           8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                           11,453          5,889        9,484
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Securities available for sale:
 Proceeds from sales of securities                                   3,416              -        4,979
 Purchases                                                          (2,965)        (3,384)        (977)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                  451         (3,384)       4,002
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Repayment of long-term debt                                              -              -       (2,857)
Treasury shares reissued                                             4,059          6,559        2,030
Purchase of treasury stock                                          (9,094)        (2,568)      (7,241)
Cash dividends and payment for fractional shares                    (7,722)        (5,563)      (4,397)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in financing activities                              (12,757)        (1,572)     (12,465)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                  (853)           933        1,021
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                       2,752          1,819          798
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                          $  1,899       $  2,752     $  1,819
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS A financial instrument is defined as cash,
evidence of an ownership  interest in an entity,  or a contract that imposes the
obligation to deliver,  receive, or exchange cash or other financial instruments
between willing entities on potentially  favorable or unfavorable  terms.  There
are no off balance sheet derivative  financial  instruments at December 31, 1998
and 1997. The following  methods and assumptions  were used to estimate the fair
value of each class of financial instruments.

CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS  For these  short-term  instruments,  carrying  value
approximates fair value.

SECURITIES  Fair  values for  securities  are based on quoted  market  prices or
dealer quotes,  where  available.  Where quoted market prices are not available,
fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

LOANS For variable rate loans that reprice  frequently  and have no  significant
credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values for fixed
rate loans are estimated  through  discounted  cash flow analyses using interest
rates  currently  being offered for loans with similar terms and credit quality.
The fair value of loans held for sale on an aggregate basis, are based on quoted
market prices. Nonperforming loans are valued based upon recent loss history for
similar loans.

ACCRUED  INTEREST  RECEIVABLE  AND  PAYABLE  For these  short-term  instruments,
carrying value approximates fair value.

DEPOSITS The fair values  disclosed for savings,  money market,  and noninterest
bearing  accounts  are, by  definition,  equal to their  carrying  values at the
reporting  date.  The fair value of fixed  maturity  certificates  of deposit is
estimated  using a discounted  cash flow  analysis that applies  interest  rates
currently  offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated  expected monthly
maturities on time deposits.

SHORT-TERM  BORROWINGS For short-term  borrowings,  carrying value  approximates
fair value.

                                     II-44
<PAGE>
OTHER  BORROWINGS The fair value of other  borrowings  has been estimated  using
discounted  cash flow analyses that apply interest rates currently being offered
for notes with similar terms.

COMMITMENTS  TO EXTEND  CREDIT AND  STANDBY  LETTERS OF CREDIT The fair value of
commitments to extend credit and standby  letters of credit are estimated  using
fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the
remaining  terms of the  agreements  and the present  credit  worthiness  of the
counterparts. Carrying amounts which are comprised of the unamortized fee income
are immaterial.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31,                                            1998                           1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Carrying          Fair          Carrying          Fair
(in thousands)                                  Amount         Value            Amount         Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>       
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash                                        $   47,181    $   47,181        $   37,446    $   37,446
Loans held for sale                              2,887         2,887             3,286         3,286
Securities available for sale                  355,758       355,758           440,632       440,632
Securities held to maturity                     35,095        35,095            36,139        36,139
Loans:
 Commercial and agricultural                   388,509       400,716           326,491       326,472
 Real estate mortgage                          160,025       181,659           135,475       141,229
 Consumer                                      272,971       277,458           273,516       273,719
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total loans                                 821,505       859,833           735,482       741,420
 Less allowance for loan losses                 12,962             -            11,582             -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Net loans                                     808,543       859,833           723,900       741,420
Accrued interest receivable                      6,431         6,431             7,470         7,470
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits:
 Interest bearing:
   Savings, NOW and money market               391,614       391,614           358,366       358,366
   Certificates of deposit                     498,445       500,013           516,832       517,252
 Noninterest bearing                           154,146       154,146           138,985       138,985
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total deposits                            1,044,205     1,045,773         1,014,183     1,014,603
Short-term borrowings                           96,589        96,589           134,527       134,527
Other borrowings                                10,171        10,848               183           183
Accrued interest payable                    $    2,731    $    2,731        $    3,240    $    3,240
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         Fair value  estimates  are made at a specific  point in time,  based on
relevant  market  information and  information  about the financial  instrument.
These estimates are subjective in nature and involve  uncertainties  and matters
of significant  judgment and,  therefore,  cannot be determined  with precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

                                     II-45
<PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS

Certificate  of  Incorporation of NBT BANCORP INC., as amended through April 18,
 1998.
By-laws of NBT BANCORP INC., as amended and restated through November 15, 1994.
NBT BANCORP INC. 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan  made as of January 1,
 1997.
NBT  BANCORP  INC. Defined  Benefit Pension Plan  Amended  and  restated  as  of
 October 1, 1989, including Amendments adopted through August 31, 1998.
NBT BANCORP INC. 1993 Stock Option Plan as amendment through April 28, 1998.
NBT BANCORP INC. 1999 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
Change in control agreement with Daryl R. Forsythe.
Supplemental  Retirement  Agreement between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank, National
 Association and Daryl R. Forsythe made as of January 1, 1995.
Death  Benefits   Agreement  between   NBT  Bancorp  Inc.,  NBT   Bank, National
 Association and Daryl R. Forsythe made August 22, 1995.
Wage Continuation Plan between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank, National  Association
 and Daryl R. Forsythe made as of August 1, 1995.
NBT  Bancorp  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  Master  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  of 
 Directors, adopted February 11, 1992.
Wage Continuation Plan between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank, National  Association
 and (Key Management Group) made as of January 2, 1997.
Restricted  Stock  Agreement  between  NBT  Bancorp  Inc.  and  (Director)  made
 January 1, 1997.
Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and (Director)
 made January 1, 1997.
Restricted Stock  Agreement  between NBT Bank, National Association and Daryl R.
 Forsythe made January 1, 1997.
Restricted  Stock  Agreement  between  NBT  Bancorp  Inc.  and  (Director)  made
 January 1, 1998.
Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and (Director)
 made January 1, 1998.
Restricted  Stock  Agreement  between  NBT  Bancorp  Inc.  and  (Director)  made
 January 1, 1999.
Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and (Director)
 made January 1, 1999.
Supplemental  Retirement  Income Plan between NBT Bank, National Association and
 Certain Management and Highly Compensated Employees made as of January 1, 1996.
A list of the subsidiaries of the registrant.
Consent of KPMG LLP.
Financial Data Schedule.


COPIES OF EXHIBITS ARE AVAILABLE UPON PAYMENT OF REPRODUCTION COSTS. SUBMIT YOUR
WRITTEN  REQUEST TO JOE C. MINOR,  EXECUTIVE  VICE  PRESIDENT,  CHIEF  FINANCIAL
OFFICER AND TREASURER OF NBT BANCORP INC.

                                     II-46
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this  report on FORM 10-K to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized,  this ninth
day of March, 1999.

                                NBT BANCORP INC.
                                ----------------
                                  (Registrant)


                                       By:
                              /s/ DARYL R. FORSYTHE
                              ---------------------
                          Daryl R. Forsythe, President
                           and Chief Executive Officer


                                /s/ JOE C. MINOR
                                ----------------
                                  Joe C. Minor
                            Executive Vice President
                      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant in
the capacities and on the date indicated.


/s/ DARYL R. FORSYTHE                                              March 9, 1999
- ---------------------                                              -------------
Daryl R. Forsythe, Director                                        DATE

/s/ EVERETT A. GILMOUR                                             March 9, 1999
- ----------------------                                             -------------
Everett A. Gilmour, Director                                       DATE

/s/ PETER B. GREGORY                                               March 9, 1999
- --------------------                                               -------------
Peter B. Gregory, Director                                         DATE

/s/ ANDREW S. KOWALCZYK, JR.                                       March 9, 1999
- ----------------------------                                       -------------
Andrew S. Kowalczyk, Jr., Director                                 DATE

/s/ JOHN C. MITCHELL                                               March 9, 1999
- --------------------                                               -------------
John C. Mitchell, Director                                         DATE

/s/ PAUL O. STILLMAN                                               March 9, 1999
- --------------------                                               -------------
Paul O. Stillman, Director                                         DATE


                                     II-47
<PAGE>
                                              EXHIBIT INDEX

The  following  documents  are  attached  as  Exhibits  to this FORM 10-K or, if
annotated  by the  symbol  *, are  incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibits  as
indicated by the page number or exhibit  cross-reference to the prior filings of
the Registrant with the Commission.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FORM
10-K                                                                                                    Exhibit
Exhibit                                                                                                 Cross
Number                                                                                                  Reference

<S>      <C>                                                                                            <C>       
 3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of NBT BANCORP INC., as amended through                           *
          April 18, 1998.
           FORM 10-Q for the  quarterly  period ended March 31, 1998,  filed May
            15, 1998 -- Exhibit 10.3.
 3.2     By-laws of NBT BANCORP INC., as amended and restated through November                          *
          15, 1994.
           FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994,  filed March 31, 1995 -- 
            Exhibit 3.3.
10.1     NBT BANCORP INC. 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan made as                              *
          of January 1, 1997.
           FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed March 16, 1998 --
           Exhibit 10.1
10.2     NBT BANCORP INC.  Defined Benefit Pension Plan Amended and restated as of                      Herein 
          October 1, 1989, including Amendments adopted through August 31, 1998.
           Document is attached as Exhibit 10.2.
10.3     NBT BANCORP INC. 1993 Stock Option Plan as amended                                             *
          through April 18, 1998.
          FORM 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1998, filed 
           May 15, 1998 -- Exhibit 10.4.
10.4     NBT BANCORP INC. 1999 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.                                   Herein
          Document is attached as Exhibit 10.4.
10.5     Change in control agreement with Daryl R. Forsythe.                                            *
          FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, filed March 31, 1995 --
           Exhibit 10.21.
10.6     Supplemental  Retirement Agreement between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank,                         * 
          National  Association  and Daryl R.  Forsythe  made as of January 1, 1995.
           FORM 10-Q for the quarterly  period ended  September 30, 1995,  filed
            November 13, 1995 -- Exhibit 10.1.
10.7      Death Benefits Agreement between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank,  National                        * 
          Association and Daryl R. Forsythe made August 22, 1995.
           FORM 10-Q for the quarterly  period ended  September 30, 1995,  filed
            November 13, 1995 -- Exhibit 10.2.
10.8     Wage Continuation Plan between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank, National                            *
          Association and Daryl R. Forsythe made as of August 1, 1995.
           FORM 10-Q for the quarterly  period ended  September 30, 1995,  filed
            November 13, 1995 -- Exhibit 10.4.
10.9     NBT Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries Master Deferred Compensation Plan                            *
          of Directors, adopted February 11, 1992.
           FORM 10-Q for the quarterly  period ended  September 30, 1995,  filed
            November 13, 1995 -- Exhibit 10.3.
</TABLE>


                                     II-48
<PAGE>
                                              EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FORM
10-K                                                                                                    Exhibit
Exhibit                                                                                                 Cross
Number                                                                                                  Reference

<S>      <C>                                                                                            <C>       
10.10    Wage Continuation Plan between NBT Bancorp Inc., NBT Bank,  National                           *
          Association and (Key Management Group) made as of January 2, 1997.
           FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed March 14, 1997 --
            Exhibit 10.40.
            Substantially identical contracts for the following have been omitted:
            John R. Bradley, Senior Vice President, Commercial Banking Division
            Head; Martin A. Dietrich, Senior Vice President, Retail Division Head;
            Joe C. Minor, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer;
            and John D. Roberts, Senior Vice President, Trust Division Head.
10.11    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bancorp Inc. and (Director) made                        *
          January 1, 1997.
           FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed March 14, 1997 --
            Exhibit 10.45.
            Substantially identical contracts for the following directors have been omitted:
            Andrew S. Kowalczyk, Jr.; Paul O. Stillman; John C. Mitchell; Everett A. Gilmour
            and Peter B. Gregory.
10.12    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and                          *
          (Director) made January 1, 1997.
           FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed March 14, 1997 --
            Exhibit 10.50.
            Substantially identical contracts for the following directors have been omitted:
            Dan B. Marshman; Kenneth M. Axtell; J. Peter Chaplin; Andrew S. Kowalxzyk, Jr.;
            Paul O. Stillman; William L. Owens; C. Vernon Stratton; John C. Mitchell; Janet H.
            Ingraham; Everett A. Gilmour; Richard F. Monroe and Peter B. Gregory.
10.13    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and                          *
          Daryl R. Forsythe made January 1, 1997.
           FORM 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed March 14, 1997 --
            Exhibit 10.55.
10.14    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bancorp Inc. and (Director) made                        *
          January 1, 1998.
           FORM 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1998, filed
           May 15, 1998 --  Exhibit 10.1.
           Substantially identical contracts for the following directors have been omitted:
           Andrew S. Kowalczyk, Jr.; Paul O. Stillman; John C. Mitchell; Everett A. Gilmour
           and Peter B. Gregory.
10.15    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and                          *
          (Director) made January 1, 1998.
           FORM 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1998, filed
            May 15, 1998 --  Exhibit 10.2
            Substantially identical contracts for the following directors have been omitted:
            Dan B. Marshman; Kenneth M. Axtell; J. Peter Chaplin; Andrew S. Kowalxzyk, Jr.;
            Paul O. Stillman; William L. Owens; John C. Mitchell; Janet H. Ingraham;
            Everett A. Gilmour; Richard F. Monroe and Peter B. Gregory.
10.16    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bancorp Inc. and (Director) made                        Herein
          January 1, 1999.
            Document is attached as exhibit 10.16
            Substantially identical contracts for the following directors have been omitted:
            Andrew S. Kowalczyk, Jr.; Paul O. Stillman; John C. Mitchell; Everett A. Gilmour
            and Peter B. Gregory.
</TABLE>


                                     II-49
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
FORM
10-K                                                                                                    Exhibit
Exhibit                                                                                                 Cross
Number                                                                                                  Reference

<S>      <C>                                                                                            <C>    
10.17    Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT Bank, National Association and                          Herein
          (Director) made January 1, 1999.
           Document is attached as exhibit 10.17
            Substantially identical contracts for the following directors have been omitted:
            Dan B. Marshman; Kenneth M. Axtell; J. Peter Chaplin; Andrew S. Kowalxzyk, Jr.;
            Paul O. Stillman; William L. Owens; John C. Mitchell; Janet H. Ingraham;
            Everett A. Gilmour; Richard F. Monroe and Peter B. Gregory.
10.18    Supplemental Retirement Income Plan between NBT Bank, National                                 *
          Association and Certain Management and Highly Compensated Employees
           made as of January 1, 1996.
            FORM 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1997, filed 
             August 13, 1997 - Exhibit 10.3.
21       A list of the subsidiaries of the registrant is attached as Exhibit 21.                        Herein
23       Consent of KPMG LLP.                                                                           Herein
          Document is attached as Exhibit 23.
27       Financial Data Schedule.                                                                       Herein
          Document is attached as Exhibit 27.
</TABLE>


                                     II-50


<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.2

                 NBT BANCORP INC. Defined Benefit Pension Plan
                  Amended and restated as of October 1, 1989, 
              including Amendments adopted through August 31, 1998.

<PAGE>

                               NBT BANCORP, INC.

                          DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN



















Amended and restated as of October 1, 1989,
including amendments adopted through August 31, 1998 

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

ARTICLE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS
- ------------------------------

1.01              Designation                                               1
1.02              Effective Date                                            1
1.03              Purpose                                                   1

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS                                                    2
- ------------------------

ARTICLE III - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------

3.01              Eligibility                                              18
3.02              Becoming a Participant                                   18
3.03              Eligibility after Reemployment                           19
3.04              Eligibility Based on Service in Ineligible 
                    Classification                                         20

ARTICLE IV - SERVICE CREDITING
- ------------------------------

4.01              Benefit Service                                          21
4.02              Vesting Service                                          21
4.03              Treatment of Prior Service after a Break in Service      22
4.04              Retention of Service                                     23
4.05              Limitation of Service Credited                           23

ARTICLE V - VESTING AND FORFEITURES
- -----------------------------------

5.01              Vesting Schedule                                         24
5.02              Exceptions to Vesting Schedule                           24
5.03              Forfeitures                                              25
5.04              Amendments Affecting Vesting Schedule                    26

ARTICLE VI - BENEFITS ELIGIBILITY
- ---------------------------------

6.01              Normal Retirement Benefit                                27
6.02              Early Retirement Benefit                                 27
6.03              Late Retirement Benefit                                  28
6.04              Disability Retirement Benefit                            28
6.05              Preretirement Death Benefit.                             28
6.06              Benefits Following Termination of Employment             30

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)
                           --------------------------

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

ARTICLE VII - COMPUTATION OF BENEFITS
- -------------------------------------

7.01              Normal Retirement Benefit                                31
7.02              Early Retirement Benefit                                 32
7.03              Late Retirement Benefit                                  32
7.04              Disability Retirement Benefit                            33
7.05              Preretirement Death Benefit                              33
7.06              Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit                       34
7.07              Reemployment After Benefit Commencement                  34
7.08              July 1, 1995 Cost-of-Living Increase                     35

ARTICLE VIII - BENEFICIARIES
- ----------------------------

8.01              Designation of a Beneficiary                             36
8.02              Spouses's Rights                                         36
8.03              Absence of a Designated Beneficiary                      37
8.04              Beneficiaries' Rights                                    38

ARTICLE IX - DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
- --------------------------------------

9.01              Form of Distribution                                     39
9.02              Compliance with Code Section 401(a)(9)                   42
9.03              Required Distribution to Participant                     42
9.04              Limits on Distribution Periods                           44
9.05              Required Distribution to Beneficiary                     45
9.06              Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown           45
9.07              Facility of Payment                                      45
9.08              Eligible Rollover Distributions                          46

ARTICLE X - FINANCING
- ---------------------

10.01             Fund                                                     48
10.02             Contributions to the Plan                                48
10.03             Funding Policy                                           48
10.04             Return of Employer Contributions                         48

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)
                           --------------------------

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

ARTICLE XI - ADMINISTRATION
- ---------------------------

11.01             Plan Administrator                                       50
11.02             Fiduciary and Administrative Duties                      51
11.03             General Powers and Discretion of Plan Administrator      51
11.04             Administration of the Fund                               52
11.05             Delegation of Powers                                     52
11.06             Appointment of Professional Assistants and Investment 
                    Managers                                               53
11.07             Records                                                  53
11.08             Notice of Rollover Treatment                             53
11.09             Responsibility of Fiduciaries                            53
11.10             Indemnity by Employer                                    54
11.11             Payment of Fees and Expenses                             54
11.12             ERISA Reporting and Disclosure                           54
11.13             Service of Legal Process                                 54
11.14             Claim for Benefits                                       54
11.15             Denial of Claim                                          54
11.16             Request for Review of Denial                             55
11.17             Review Decision                                          55

ARTICLE XII - LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
- -------------------------------------

12.01             General Rules                                            57
12.02             Code Section 415 Limitations                             57
12.03             Deemed Satisfaction of Maximum Retirement Benefit 
                    Limitation                                             60
12.04             Maximum Retirement Benefit for Multiple Plans            61
12.05             Exceptions to the Maximum Retirement Benefit Limitation  63
12.06             Increases in Maximum Retirement Benefit                  64

ARTICLE XIII - QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
- --------------------------------------------------

13.01             General                                                  65
13.02             Required Provisions                                      65
13.03             Prohibited Provisions                                    65
13.04             Exception for Certain Payments Made after Earliest 
                    Retirement Age                                         66
13.05             Plan Procedures with Respect to Domestic Relations 
                    Orders                                                 66

                                     -iii-

<PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd)
                           --------------------------

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

ARTICLE XIV - AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION
- -----------------------------------------------

14.01             Amendment                                                68
14.02             Termination of Plan and Trust                            68
14.03             Benefits upon Termination and Partial Termination        68
14.04             Restriction of Benefits to Certain Highly Compensated 
                    Employees                                              69
14.05             Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of Assets              70

ARTICLE XV - TOP-HEAVY REQUIREMENTS
- -----------------------------------

15.01             General Rules                                            71
15.02             Determination of Top-Heaviness                           72
15.03             Vesting in Employer Contributions under a Top-Heavy Plan 74
15.04             Minimum Required Benefit                                 75
15.05             Maximum Annual Benefit under a Super Top-Heavy Plan      77

ARTICLE XVI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------

16.01             No Alienation or Assignment                              78
16.02             Adoption of Plan by Another Employer                     78
16.03             Status of Employment Relations                           78
16.04             Benefits Payable by Trust                                78
16.05             Failure of Qualification                                 78
16.06             Increases in Social Security Benefits                    79
16.07             Headings Not Part of This Plan                           79
16.08             Gender and Number                                        79
16.09             Applicable Law                                           79

                                      -iv-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE I

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------


         1.01 Designation.  This Plan,  previously  designated The National Bank
and Trust Company of Norwich  Employees' Defined Benefit Pension Plan and Trust,
is designated the NBT BANCORP,  INC.  DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN. The Plan and
Trust are intended to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974,  as amended.  The Plan is intended to qualify as a defined
benefit plan.

         1.02 Effective Date. This Plan originally  became  effective on October
1, 1986, following the Employer's termination of its participation in the Master
Plan of the New York State Bankers Retirement System. The Employer hereby amends
and restates the Plan effective  October 1, 1989  ("Effective  Date"),  unless a
different  effective  date is otherwise  stated.  This  restatement  governs the
rights of all  Employees  who have an Hour of Service  with the  Employer  on or
after the Effective Date. The rights of any former Employee who does not have an
Hour of  Service  on or  after  the  Effective  Date  shall be  governed  by the
provisions  of the  Predecessor  Plan in effect when he  terminated  employment,
unless otherwise provided in this Plan or required by law.

         1.03  Purpose.  The  purpose  of this Plan is to provide  benefits  for
Participants and Beneficiaries  (including any Alternate Payees).  Contributions
to the Plan, and any income,  shall be for the exclusive benefit of Participants
and Beneficiaries and shall not be used for, or diverted to, any other purpose.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------


         The following  terms shall have the following  meanings in and for this
Plan.

         2.01  Accrued  Benefit  shall mean the amount  that will be paid to the
Participant,  under the formula in Section 7.01,  expressed as an annual benefit
(straight  life  annuity)   beginning  at  his  Normal   Retirement   Date.  The
Participant's accrued benefit as of a determination date shall be the portion of
the normal  retirement  benefit  accrued under that  formula,  based on years of
Credited Service through the determination date.

         2.02 Actual  Retirement Date shall mean the date on which a Participant
retires from service with the Employer,  within the meaning of  "Retirement"  in
this Article of the Plan.

         2.03  Actuarial  Equivalent  or  Actuarially  Equivalent  shall  mean a
benefit  payable  in  a  different  form  and/or  at a  different  time  than  a
Participant's  Accrued  Benefit,  but having the same value as that benefit when
computed using the following actuarial assumptions:

                  Mortality:                1984 Unisex Mortality Table
                  Interest:                 7 percent per annum

         a.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  for Annuity Starting Dates
that occur  before  September  1, 1997,  the present  value of any  distribution
(other than a non-decreasing life annuity payable for a period not less than the
life of the Participant or Surviving  Spouse) shall be determined using the Code
Section 417(e)(3)  interest rates(s)  described in subsection (b) below, if such
rate(s) would produce a greater benefit than the assumptions above.

         b. The Code Section 417 interest rates are:

            i.  The Applicable Interest Rate if the present value of the benefit
                (using such rate(s)) is not in excess of $25,000; or

            ii. 120 percent of the  Applicable  Interest  Rate if the  present  
                value of the benefit exceeds $25,000 (as determined under 
                subsection (i) above).  In no event shall the  present  value
                determined  under this  subsection  (ii) be less than $25,000.

          c. Notwithstanding the foregoing of this Section 2.03, and subject to 
subsection 2.03(d) below, for Annuity Starting Dates that occur after August 31,
1997, the present value of a lump sum distribution shall be determined by apply-
ing the Applicable Interest Rate and the "Applicable Mortality Table."

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
             
For purposes of this subsection 2.03(c),  the "Applicable  Mortality  Table" is 
the  mortality  table based on the  prevailing commissioners'  standard table 
(described in Code Section  807(d)(5)(A)) used to determine  reserves for group 
annuity  contracts  issued on the date as of which present value is being 
determined  (without regard to any other  subparagraph of Code Section  807(d)
(5)),  that is prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in revenue  rulings,  
notices or other guidance,  published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

         d. The lump sum  distribution  payable to a  Participant  whose Annuity
Starting  Date occurs  after  August 31, 1997 shall not be less than the present
value of the benefit  accrued by the  Participant  through August 31, 1997, when
calculated  by using the interest rate and  mortality  assumptions  in the first
sentence of this Section  2.03,  based on the  Participant's  age on the Annuity
Starting Date.

         2.04 Adjustment  Factor shall mean the cost of living adjustment factor
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the Code.

         2.05 Affiliated Employer shall mean (a) a member of a "controlled group
of  corporations"  or group of trades or  businesses  under  common  control (as
defined in Code Section 414(b) and (c)) of which the Employer is a member, (b) a
member of an affiliated  service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which
includes the Employer,  or (c) any other entity that must be aggregated with the
Employer  pursuant  to Code  Section  414(o).  The  term  "controlled  group  of
corporations"  has the meaning  given in Code Section  1563(a),  but  determined
without regard to Code Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C).  Further, for purposes
of  applying  the  Code  Section  415  limitations  on  benefits,  Code  Section
1563(a)(1)  shall be applied by  substituting  the phrase "more than 50 percent"
for the phrase "at least 80  percent,"  each place that  phrase  appears.  If an
Affiliated Employer is also an Employer  maintaining the Plan, the provisions of
the Plan  shall  apply to that  entity as an  Employer,  rather  than only as an
Affiliated Employer.

         2.06 Alternate  Payee shall mean any spouse,  former  spouse,  child or
other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a Domestic Relations Order
as having a right to receive  all, or a portion of, the benefits  payable  under
the Plan with respect to such Participant.

         2.07  Annual  Benefit  shall mean a benefit  attributable  to  Employer
contributions  payable in the form of a straight life annuity within the meaning
of Code Section 415(b)(2), as further described in Article XII.

         2.08  Annuity  Starting  Date  shall  mean  the  first day of the first
period for which an amount is paid to a Participant in any form.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>


         2.09     Applicable Interest Rate shall mean:

         a. for Annuity  Starting Dates that occur before September 1, 1997, the
interest  rate or rates that would be used, as of the first day of the Plan Year
that contains the Annuity Starting Date, by the PBGC for purposes of determining
the present value of the Participant's  benefits under the Plan, if the Plan had
terminated on that date with insufficient  assets to provide benefits guaranteed
by the PBGC; and

         b. for Annuity  Starting  Dates that occur after August 31,  1997,  the
annual  interest rate on 30-year  Treasury  securities for the second month that
precedes  the Plan Year during  which the Annuity  Starting  Date  occurs.  (For
example,  for Annuity Starting Dates that occur in 1998, the Applicable Interest
Rate  shall be the  annual  interest  rate on 30-year  Treasury  securities  for
November 1997, as specified by the Internal  Revenue Service in revenue rulings,
notices or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.)

         2.10  Beneficiary  shall  mean  any  person  properly  designated  by a
Participant  pursuant to Article VIII to receive any benefits  payable after the
Participant's death.

         2.11  Board  of  Directors  shall  mean  the Board  of Directors of the
Employer.

         2.12 Break in Service or  One-Year  Break in Service  shall mean a Plan
Year during  which a  Participant  is not  credited  with more than 500 Hours of
Service;  provided  that,  for the Plan Year that  begins on October 1, 1994 and
ends December 31, 1994, a Participant  shall not incur a Break in Service if the
Participant  is  credited  with at least 125 Hours of Service  during  that Plan
Year.

         2.13 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and  implementing  Regulations  and rulings issued by the Internal
Revenue  Service.  References  to any  Section  of the Code  shall  include  any
successor provision.

         2.14  Compensation  shall mean  remuneration  paid by the Employer to a
Participant  in the form of fixed  basic  annual  salary or wages,  commissions,
overtime, and cash bonuses actually received; provided that, for Plan Years that
begin prior to January 1, 1995,  Compensation shall include  remuneration in the
form of  severance  pay and for Plan  Years  beginning  before  October 1, 1993,
Compensation shall not include remuneration in the form of commissions.  For all
years,  Compensation shall include any amount contributed by the Employer at the
direction of the Participant  pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement,  which
amount is not  includable in the  Participant's  gross income under Code Section
125 (cafeteria plans) or Code Section 402(a)(8)  ("401(k)" plans).  Compensation
shall not  include  any other  form of  remuneration,  regardless  of the manner
calculated  or paid.  For  example,  "Compensation"  shall not  include  amounts
realized from the exercise of stock options or from the  disposition of stock or
stock rights,  Employer  contributions  to any public or private benefit plan or
system, or (after December 31, 1994) amounts paid as severance pay.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

For the Plan Year in which an Employee  first  becomes a  Participant,  the term
"Compensation"  shall mean only the  Compensation  he receives after the date he
satisfies the eligibility requirements to participate in the Plan.

The annual  Compensation of each  Participant  taken into account under the Plan
for any Plan Year  beginning  after December 31, 1988 and before January 1, 1994
shall not exceed $200,000. Each January 1, beginning in 1990 and ending in 1993,
this amount shall be adjusted by the Adjustment  Factor,  using 1989 as the base
period. The adjusted  Compensation  limitation shall be effective for Plan Years
beginning within the calendar year of the adjustment.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of
each Employee  taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed  $150,000,  as
adjusted by the  Commissioner  of the Internal  Revenue Service for increases in
the cost of living in accordance  with Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the Code.  The
cost-of-living  adjustment  in effect for a calendar year applies to any period,
not exceeding 12 months,  over which  Compensation is determined  (determination
period)  beginning in such calendar year. If a determination  period consists of
fewer than 12 months,  the $150,000 limit will be multiplied by a fraction,  the
numerator of which is the number of months in the determination  period, and the
denominator of which is 12.

If  Compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken into  account in
determining  an  Employee's  benefits  accruing  in the current  Plan Year,  the
Compensation for that prior determination  period is subject to the Compensation
limit in effect for that  prior  determination  period.  For this  purpose,  for
determination  periods  beginning  before  the first day of the first  Plan Year
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the limit is $150,000.

In applying the $200,000 and $150,000 limitations in Plan Years that begin prior
to January 1, 1997, the  Compensation of a Participant who is (i) a Five Percent
Owner,  or (ii) a Highly  Compensated  Employee  and one of the ten most  Highly
Compensated  Employees,  ranked on the basis of compensation (within the meaning
of Code Section  414(q)(7)) paid by the Employer during the Plan Year,  shall be
treated as including the  Compensation of his Spouse and any lineal  descendants
who have not  attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year (but only if his
Spouse  or  lineal  descendant  also is an  Employee).  If,  as a result  of the
application of such rules, the $200,000 limitation or the $150,000 limitation is
exceeded,  then (except for purposes of determining  the portion of Compensation
included in "Covered Compensation" defined in Article VII), the limitation shall
be  prorated  among  the  affected  individuals,  in  proportion  to  each  such
individual's  Compensation  as  determined  under  this  Section  prior  to  the
application of the limitation.

         2.15 Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall mean the dollar limitation
in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A);   specifically, $90,000,  as adjusted
each January 1 by the Adjustment Factor.   Any adjusted  limitation  shall apply
to Limitation  Years ending with or within the calendar year of the adjustment.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

         2.16 Defined Benefit  Fraction shall mean the fraction  defined in Code
Section  415(e)(2)  that is used,  with the Defined  Contribution  Fraction,  to
determine  the  Maximum  Retirement  Benefit  for a  Participant  who  also  has
participated  in a defined  contribution  plan of the Employer or an  Affiliated
Employer.

         2.17 Defined  Contribution  Fraction shall mean the fraction defined in
Code Section  415(e)(3)  that is used,  with the Defined  Benefit  Fraction,  to
determine  the  Maximum  Retirement  Benefit  for a  Participant  who  also  has
participated  in a defined  contribution  plan of the Employer or an  Affiliated
Employer.

         2.18  Determination Date shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the
last day of the  preceding  Plan Year.  In the case of a first  Plan  Year,  the
Determination Date shall be the last day of that Plan Year.

         2.19  Disability  Retirement  Date  shall  mean  the  date  on  which a
Participant  terminates  employment  with the  Employer  because  of a Total and
Permanent Disability.

         2.20 Domestic Relations Order shall mean any judgment, decree, or order
(including  approval of a property  settlement  agreement) which: (a) relates to
the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights to a
spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant, and (b) is made pursuant to a
state domestic relations law (including a community property law).

         2.21 Earliest  Retirement Age shall mean the earliest date on which the
Participant can elect to receive retirement benefits under the Plan.

         2.22  Early  Retirement  Date  shall  mean the date of a  Participant's
Retirement,  before  the  Normal  Retirement  Date,  after the  Participant  has
attained age 55 and earned a "Vested Percentage" (described in Article V) of 100
percent.

         2.23     Effective Date shall mean October 1, 1989.

         2.24  Employee  shall  mean any person who  receives  compensation  for
personal  services,  other than a  retainer  or fee under a  contract,  from the
Employer  of the  Employee  and who is treated by the  Employer  as a common law
employee for employment tax withholding purposes.  Any Leased Employees shall be
considered Employees solely for the purposes specified in Code Section 414(n).
Leased Employees shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

          2.25 Employer shall mean NBT Bancorp,  Inc., NBT Bank,  N.A. (formerly
known as  The National  Bank and Trust  Company and The National Bank and Trust 
Company of Norwich), and any Affiliated Employer that adopts this Plan. Notwith-
standing the preceding sentence, the term Employer means NBT Bank, N.A. for pur-
poses of Plan administration,  and NBT Bancorp, Inc. for  purposes of  Sections 
14.01 and 14.02.

         2.26 ERISA shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and any implementing regulations and rulings
issued by the Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service. References to
any Section of ERISA shall include any successor provision.

         2.27  Final  Average   Compensation  shall  mean  the  average  of  the
Participant's  annual  Compensation for the five Years of Benefit Service during
the  Participant's  last ten Years of Benefit  Service that produces the highest
average.  If a  Participant  has less than five  Years of Benefit  Service,  the
Participant's  Final  Average  Compensation  shall be the  average of his annual
Compensation for his total Years of Benefit  Service.  For Plan Years that begin
prior to October 1, 1993,  Final  Average  Compensation  shall be based upon the
Compensation  received by the Participant for each applicable calendar year. For
Plan Years that begin after September 30, 1993, Final Average Compensation shall
be based upon the  Compensation  received by the Participant for each applicable
Plan  Year.  In all  cases,  Final  Average  Compensation  shall be  based  upon
consecutive Years of Benefit Service.

         2.28 Five Percent Owner shall mean, as further  defined in Code Section
416(i),  any person who owns, or is considered as owning under the  constructive
ownership  rules of Code Section 318, more than five percent of the  outstanding
stock of the  Employer or stock  possessing  more than five percent of the total
combined voting power of all stock of the Employer.  However,  the  constructive
ownership  rules in Code Section  318(a)(2)(C)  shall be applied by substituting
"five  percent"  for "50  percent." If the  Employer is not a  corporation,  any
person who owns more than five  percent of the  capital or profits  interest  in
such organization is a Five Percent Owner.

         2.29     Fund shall mean the assets of the Plan.

         2.30  Highly  Compensated  Employee  shall  mean a  highly  compensated
employee  within the meaning of Code Section  414(q),  for Plan Years  beginning
after  December 31,  1986.  As set forth  below,  the term  "Highly  Compensated
Employee"  includes highly  compensated  active employees and highly compensated
former employees.  In the following  subsections,  the term "determination year"
means the current Plan Year and the term "look-back year" means the twelve-month
period immediately preceding the determination year.

         a. Highly Compensated Active Employee: For Plan Years that begin before
January 1, 1997,  highly  compensated  active employee includes any employee who
performs service for the Employer during the determination year and who:

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                   i.  Received  compensation in excess of $75,000,  as adjusted
                       by the Adjustment Factor, during the look-back year;

                  ii.  Received compensation in excess of  $50,000,  as adjusted
                       by  the  Adjustment Factor, during  the  look-back  year,
                       and  was  a  member  of  the top-paid group for such year
                       (generally,  the  top  20 percent of  employees ranked on
                       the basis of compensation);

                 iii.  Was an officer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)) of the
                       Employer and received compensation  during the  look-back
                       year that is greater than 50 percent of the Defined Bene-
                       fit  Dollar  Limitation in effect during the year (if  no
                       officer  has  satisfied  this  compensation  requirement,
                       the highest-paid  officer  shall  be  treated as a Highly
                       Compensated Employee);

                  iv.  Is  described  in  the  above  subsections  if  the  term
                       "determination  year" is  substituted for the term "look-
                       back  year", and the employee is one of the 100 employees
                       who received the most compensation from the Employer dur-
                       ing the determination year; or

                   v.  Was a Five Percent Owner at any time during the look-back
                       year or determination year.

For Plan  Years that begin on or after  January  1, 1997,  a highly  compensated
active  employee  includes any  Employee who performs  services for the Employer
during the determination year and who (I) for the preceding  determination year,
received compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted bu the
Secretary of the Treasury),  or (II) was a Five Percent Owner at any time during
the determination year or the preceding determination years.

         b. Highly  Compensated  Former Employee:  A highly  compensated  former
employee includes any employee who separated from service (or was deemed to have
separated) prior to the determination year, performs no service for the Employer
during the determination  year and was a highly  compensated active employee for
either the  separation  year or any  determination  year  ending on or after the
employee's 55th birthday.

         c. Family  Member  Aggregation  Rule:  For Plan Years that begin before
January 1, 1997,  if an employee is,  during a  determination  year or look-back
year,  a Family  Member of either (i) a Five  Percent  Owner who is an active or
former employee or (ii) a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the ten most
Highly  Compensated  Employees  ranked on the basis of compensation  paid by the
Employer  during such year, then the Family Member and the Five Percent Owner or
top-ten  Highly  Compensated  Employee  shall be  aggregated.  In such case, the
Family  Member and Five Percent  Owner or top-ten  Highly  Compensated  Employee
shall  be  treated  as  a  single  employee  receiving   compensation  and  Plan
contributions   or  benefits  equal  to  the  sum  of  such   compensation   and
contributions or benefits of the Family Member and Five Percent Owner or top-ten

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

Highly  Compensated  Employee.  For purposes of this Section,  the  term "Family
Member" includes the spouse,  lineal ascendants and  descendants of the employee
or former employee and the spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

         d.  Incorporation  of Section  414(q):  The  determination  of who is a
Highly Compensated Employee under the above rules,  including the determinations
of the number and  identity of  employees  in the  top-paid  group,  the top 100
employees, the number of employees treated as officers and the compensation that
is  considered,  shall  be made in  accordance  with  Code  Section  414(q)  and
implementing Regulations, which are hereby incorporated by reference.

         2.31 Hour of Service shall mean an hour  determined in accordance  with
the following  provisions.  In this definition,  the term  "computation  period"
means the Plan Year, with the following exception. To the extent that a "Year of
Service" is defined as a different period for eligibility purposes,  that period
shall be  considered  a  computation  period in  crediting  Hours of Service for
eligibility.

         a.  General Rules for Crediting Hours: For all purposes under the Plan,
an Employee shall be credited with an Hour of Service for all of the following:

                   i.  Each hour for which the  Employee is paid, or entitled to
                       payment,  for the performance of duties for the Employer.
                       These hours will be credited to the Employee for the com-
                       putation  period in which the duties are performed.

                  ii.  Each hour for which the Employee is paid,  or entitled to
                       payment,  by the  Employer,  on account of a period  dur-
                       ing  which no duties  are  performed  (whether or not the
                       employment relationship has terminated), due to vacation,
                       holiday,  illness,  incapacity  (including  disability), 
                       layoff, jury duty,  military  duty  or  leave of absence.
                       Except as  provided in Section 7.04 (relating to disabil-
                       ity), no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited
                       under this  subsection for any single, continuous period,
                       whether or not such period occurs in a single computation
                       period.

                 iii.  Each hour for which back pay  (irrespective of mitigation
                       of damages)  is  either  awarded  or agreed  to  by  the 
                       Employer.  The same Hours of Service will not be credited
                       both under subsection  (i) or (ii),  whichever is applic-
                       able,  and this subsection (iii). Under this subsection, 
                       Hours of Service will be credited to the Employee for the
                       computation  period  to which the award or agreement per-
                       tains,  rather than the computation  period in  which the
                       award, agreement or payment is made.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

Hours  under this  subsection  shall be  calculated  and  credited  pursuant  to
Department of Labor  Regulation  2530.200b-2(b)  and (c), which is  incorporated
herein by reference.

         b. Crediting Hours for Maternity or Paternity Leave to Prevent Break in
Service:  Solely  to  determine  whether a Break in  Service  has  occurred,  an
Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons,  or is on a
leave of absence  taken in  accordance  with the Family and  Medical  Leave Act,
shall  receive  credit for the Hours of Service that would  otherwise  have been
credited to the Employee but for such  absence.  In any case in which such hours
cannot be  determined,  eight Hours of Service per day of such absence  shall be
credited.

                   i.  The Hours of Service credited under this subsection shall
                       be  credited  in  the  computation  period  in  which the
                       absence begins,  if necessary to prevent a Break in Ser-
                       vice in that period.  In all other cases,  the  Hours of
                       Service shall be credited to the next computation period.

                  ii.  For purposes of this subsection, an absence from work for
                       maternity or paternity reasons means an absence by reason
                       of  (A  the  Employee's  pregnancy,  (B) the birth of the
                       Employee's  child  or  the  placement of a child with the
                       Employee in connection  with  the Employee's  adoption of
                       the child,  or (C) the Employee  caring for the child for
                       a period  immediately  following such birth or placement.

                 iii.  In order to be credited  with Hours of Service under this
                       subsection, the  Employee  must provide the Plan Adminis-
                       trator  with  proof  that the  period of absence is for a
                       reason specified in subsection (ii) above.

         c. Hours Not Kept:  An Employee  for whom hours are not  normally  kept
shall  receive  credit for 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period during
which the Employee  performs one Hour of Service under the conditions  described
in subsection (a)(i) or (ii) above.

         d. Affiliated  Employers:  For  eligibility  and vesting  purposes (see
Articles III and IV),  Hours of Service  shall also be credited  for  employment
with any Affiliated Employer.

         e. For eligibility  and vesting  purposes  hereunder,  Hours of Service
shall  include each hour for which an Employee,  who was employed by any banking
institution or banking facility as of the date immediately preceding the date of
the  Employer's   acquisition  of  that   institution  or  facility  (and  which
acquisition  occurred on or before December 31, 1994), was credited with an hour
of service under the terms of such former  employer's  tax-qualified  retirement
plan as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Employer's acquisition
of the institution or facility.

         f.  Hours of Service  shall be  granted  for  eligibility  and  vesting
purposes during a period of military  service which does not exceed two years in
duration.  Hours  of  Service  shall  be credited on the basis of the Employee's

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

normal workweek when such leave commenced.  For purposes of this subsection (f),
military service  is  service with  the Armed Forces of the United States during
periods  of  war,  national emergency or conscription, subject to the  condition
that the  Employee  returns  to  active employment  with the Employer within the
period his reemployment rights are protected by applicable law.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Hours of Service shall include  qualified military service to the
extent  required by Code Section  414(u),  if such Code Section would grant more
service to the Employee.

         g. Except to the extent required by subsection  (a)(ii) above, Hours of
Service  shall not be granted for any  purpose  under the Plan as a result of an
Employee's receipt of severance pay from the Employer.

         2.32 Joint and Survivor Annuity shall mean an immediate annuity benefit
payable monthly for life to a Participant,  with a survivor annuity for the life
of the  Beneficiary  which is not less than 50 and not more than 100  percent of
the  amount of the  annuity  which is  payable  during  the  joint  lives of the
Participant and the Beneficiary.

         2.33 Key  Employee  shall mean an  employee  within the meaning of Code
Section 416(i). As further set forth in that Code Section, any Employee,  former
Employee or Beneficiary  will be considered a Key Employee if, for the Plan Year
that contains the  Determination  Date or any of the four  preceding Plan Years,
the employee is:

         a. An officer  (within  the  meaning  of Code  Section  416(i))  having
"annual  compensation"  from the Employer greater than 50 percent of the Defined
Benefit Dollar Limitation for any such Plan Year;

         b. An owner (or  considered  an owner under Code Section 318) of one of
the ten largest interests in the Employer,  who has "annual  compensation"  from
the  Employer  greater than the dollar  limitation  in effect under Code Section
415(c)(1)(A) (currently $30,000);

         c.       A Five Percent Owner; or

         d. A One Percent Owner with "annual  compensation" from the Employer of
more than $150,000.

For purposes of this  definition,  "annual  compensation"  means Limitation Year
Compensation,  plus any amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement, which are excludable from the Employee's gross income under
Section 125, Section 402(a)(8), Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code.

         2.34 Leased  Employee  shall mean any person  (other than one who is an
employee without regard to a leasing arrangement) who performs services pursuant
to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization if:

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

         a.  The  services  have  been  performed  for the  Employer  or for the
Employer  and  related  persons  (determined  in  accordance  with Code  Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year;
and

         b. For Plan Years that begin before  January 1, 1997,  the services are
of a type  historically  performed by  employees  in the  business  field of the
Employer  and,  for Plan  Years that  begin on or after  January  1,  1997,  the
services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer.

         2.35 Limitation Year shall mean the calendar year.

         2.36 Limitation Year Compensation shall mean wages,  salaries, and fees
for professional  services and other amounts received (without regard to whether
or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the
course of  employment  with the  Employer  to the extent  that the  amounts  are
includable  in gross income  (including,  but not limited to,  commissions  paid
salesmen,  compensation  for services on the basis of a  percentage  of profits,
commissions   on   insurance   premiums,   tips,   bonuses,   fringe   benefits,
reimbursements, and expense allowances), and excluding the following:

         a. Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation, which are
not  includable  in the  Employee's  gross  income for the taxable year in which
contributed,  or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan
(described  in Code  Section  408(k)) to the extent such  contributions  are not
includible in the gross income of the Employee, or any distributions from a plan
of deferred compensation;

         b. Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified  stock option,
or when  restricted  stock (or  property)  held by the Employee  either  becomes
freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

         c. Amounts  realized from the sale,  exchange or other  disposition  of
stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

         d. Other amounts which received special tax benefits.

Notwithstanding  the  above  definition,  for a  self-employed  individual  that
participates in the Plan (if any),  Limitation Year Compensation  shall mean the
net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which
the Plan is  established,  for which  personal  services of the individual are a
material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard
to items not  included  in gross  income and the  deductions  allocable  to such
items.  Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified
plan to the extent  deductible  under Code Section  404.  Net earnings  shall be
determined with regard to the deduction  allowed to the taxpayer by Code Section
164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of applying
this  Section,  Limitation  Year  Compensation  for a  Limitation  Year  is  the
Limitation  Year  Compensation  actually  paid or  made  available  during  such
Limitation Year.

For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for purposes of applying
this Section,  Limitation Year  Compensation  paid or made available during such
Limitation Year shall include any elective  deferral (as defined in Code Section
402(g)(3)),  and any amount which is  contributed or deferred by the Employer at
the election of the Employee and which is not  includible in the gross income of
the Employee by reason of Code Sections 125 or 457.

         2.37  Maximum  Retirement Benefit shall mean the maximum Annual Benefit
determined  in  accordance  with  Article XII of the Plan and Section 415 of the
Code.

         2.38  Minimum  Required  Benefit  shall mean the benefit  described  in
Article XV which must be provided to Non-Key  Employees if the Plan is Top-Heavy
for a Plan Year.

         2.39 Minimum Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule  required
by Article XV if the Plan becomes Top-Heavy for one or more Plan Years.

         2.40 Non-Key Employee shall mean an Employee who is not a Key Employee.

         2.41  Non-Vested  Participant  shall  mean a  Participant  who is not a
Vested Participant. 

         2.42 Normal Retirement Age shall mean the date upon which a Participant
attains age 65.

         2.43 Normal  Retirement  Date shall mean the first day of the  calendar
month coinciding with or next following a Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

         2.44 One Percent Owner shall mean,  as further  defined in Code Section
416(i),  any person who owns, or is considered as owning under the  constructive
ownership  rules of Code Section 318,  more than one percent of the  outstanding
stock of the  Employer  or stock  possessing  more than one percent of the total
combined voting power of all stock of the Employer.  However,  the  constructive
ownership  rules in Code Section  318(a)(2)(C)  shall be applied by substituting
"one percent" for "50 percent." If the Employer is not a corporation, any person
who owns more than one  percent  of the  capital  or  profits  interest  in such
organization is a One Percent Owner.

         2.45 Participant  shall  mean  an Employee who becomes a Participant in
the Plan as provided in Article III.

         2.4  PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

         2.47  Permissive   Aggregation  Group  shall  mean  a  group  of  plans
maintained by the Employer and any Affiliated Employer,  which may be aggregated
in determining  whether the Plan is Top-Heavy,  as further defined in Article XV
of the Plan.

         2.48 Plan shall mean the NBT  Bancorp,  Inc.  Defined  Benefit  Pension
Plan,  as amended from time to time.  Prior to January 1, 1995,  the name of the
Plan was The National Bank & Trust Company of Norwich Employees' Defined Benefit
Pension Plan and Trust.

         2.49 Plan  Administrator  shall  mean the  person,  committee  or other
entity  appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Article XI. The Plan
Administrator  shall be the "named fiduciary" for the management,  operation and
administration of the Plan, within the meaning of Section 402(a) of ERISA.

         2.50 Plan Year shall mean the twelve consecutive month period beginning
on October 1st and ending on September 30th; provided,  however,  that (a) there
shall be a short Plan Year  beginning  on October 1, 1994 and ending on December
31, 1994,  and (b) beginning  January 1, 1995, the Plan Year shall be the period
beginning on January 1st and ending on December 31st.

         2.51  Predecessor  Plan shall mean any prior statement (or restatement)
of the Plan that is being amended and restated by this document.

         2.52 Preretirement  Survivor Annuity shall mean an annuity for the life
of the Spouse that is payable if a Participant  dies before his Annuity Starting
Date, as provided in Articles VI and VII.

         2.53 Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall mean a Domestic Relations
Order that creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's right to,
or assigns to an Alternate  Payee the right to,  receive all or a portion of the
benefits that would otherwise be payable with respect to a Participant under the
Plan, and that meets the requirements described in Article XIII.

         2.54 Regulation(s) shall mean the Income Tax Regulations promulgated by
the  Secretary  of the Treasury or his  delegate,  as amended from time to time,
including proposed and temporary  Regulations.  References to any Section of the
Regulations shall include any successor provision.

         2.55 Required  Aggregation Group shall mean a group of plans maintained
by the  Employer  and any  Affiliated  Employer,  which  must be  aggregated  in
determining  whether the Plan is Top-Heavy,  as further defined in Article XV of
the Plan.

         2.56  Required  Beginning  Date shall mean the date when  distributions
must begin to a Participant, as further defined in Article IX of the Plan.

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

         2.57 Retirement shall mean voluntary termination of employment with the
Employer for a reason other than death,  after a  Participant  has fulfilled all
requirements for a normal, early or disability retirement benefit.

         2.58 Social  Security  Retirement  Age shall mean the  earliest  age at
which an individual can collect full,  unreduced Social Security  benefits.  The
Social Security Retirement Age is:

         a.   Age 65 for a Participant who attains age 62 before January 1, 2000
(i.e., born before January 1, 1938);

         b.   Age 66  for  a  Participant  who attains age 62 after December 31,
1999, but before  January 1, 2017 (i.e.,  born after  December  31,  1937,  but 
before January 1, 1955); and

         c.   Age  67  for  a  Participant who attains age 62 after December 31,
2016 (i.e., born after December 31, 1954).

         2.59 Spouse or  Surviving  Spouse  shall mean the lawful wife of a male
Participant or the lawful husband of a female  Participant.  Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence,  a former spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or Surviving
Spouse  (and a current  spouse  shall not be treated as the Spouse or  Surviving
Spouse) to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

         2.60 Super  Top-Heavy  Plan  shall mean a plan for which the  Top-Heavy
Ratio  exceeds  90  percent.  As  stated  in  Article  XV,  if the Plan is Super
Top-Heavy and the Employer has also maintained a defined  contribution plan, the
denominators  in the  Defined  Benefit  Fraction  and the  Defined  Contribution
Fraction must be reduced when  calculating  the Maximum  Retirement  Benefit for
individuals who have participated in both plans.

         2.61 Top-Heavy shall mean the status of the Plan when it is a Top-Heavy
Plan (or a Super Top-Heavy Plan).

         2.62 Top-Heavy  Plan shall mean a plan for which  the  Top-Heavy  Ratio
exceeds 60 percent, including a Super Top-Heavy Plan unless otherwise specified.

         2.63  Top-Heavy  Ratio shall mean the ratio of the Accrued  Benefits of
Key Employees to the Accrued  Benefits of all Employees,  considering  this Plan
and any plans included in a Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation
Group.

         2.64  Top-Heavy  Rules shall mean the rules under Code  Section 416 and
implementing Regulations that will be applicable if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan
for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983.

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

         2.65  Total  and  Permanent   Disability  or  Totally  and  Permanently
Disabled. A Participant shall be considered Totally and Permanently Disabled, if
he is  determined to be entitled to, and is in receipt of,  disability  benefits
under  (a) Title II or XVI of the  Social  Security  Act,  and (b) any long term
disability income plan sponsored by the Employer.

         2.66  Trust shall mean the legal entity resulting from the Trust Agree-
ment between the Employer and the Trustee.

         2.67 Trust Agreement shall mean the agreement  between the Employer and
the Trustee, or any successor Trustee, establishing the Trust and specifying the
duties of the Trustee.

         2.68 Trustee shall mean the trustee or trustees designated by the Board
of Directors.

         2.69  Vested   Participant   shall  mean  a   Participant   who  has  a
nonforfeitable  (vested)  interest in his Accrued  Benefit derived from Employer
contributions to the Plan.

         2.70  Years of  Benefit  Service  shall  mean a period  during  which a
Participant  participates  in the Plan and is entitled  to a benefit  accrual in
accordance with Section 4.01.

         2.71 Year of Eligibility Service shall mean a computation period during
which an Employee is  credited  with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  The first
eligibility computation period is the 12-consecutive-month period that begins on
the  date  the  Employee  first   performs  an  Hour  of  Service   ("employment
commencement date"). Succeeding  12-consecutive-month  computation periods begin
on each anniversary of the employment commencement date.

         2.72 Year of Vesting Service shall mean:

         a. For Plan Years that  begin on and after  October 1, 1976,  each Plan
Year during  which an Employee  completes  at least 1,000 Hours of Service,  and
makes any portion of the  contribution  required of him under the  provisions of
the Plan then in effect; provided that, for the Plan Year that begins on October
1, 1994 and ends on December 31, 1994, an Employee  shall  receive  credit for a
Year of Vesting Service if the Employee completes at least 250 Hours of Services
during that Plan Year.

         b. For Plan Years that begin prior to October 1, 1976,  the  applicable
of the following:

                   i.  If a Participant on September  30,  1976,  the sum of (A)
                       "creditable  service" to which a Participant was entitled
                       on September 30, 1976 under the Plan as in effect on such
                       date, and (B) any uninterrupted service in the employ  of
                       the  Employer  prior to his Plan  membership  date  which
                       is not included in (A) above.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                  ii. If not a Participant on September 30, 1976, each period of
                      twelve consecutive  months  beginning on the date he first
                      performs an Hour of Service and each anniversary  thereof,
                      during which he completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service,
                      bu  excluding  any  such period during which such Employee
                      could have been a participant had he consented to make the
                      contributions required of him in order to become a Partic-
                      ipant.

                                      -17-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS
                   ------------------------------------------


         3.01     Eligibility.

         a. An Employee  who is employed by the Employer on the  Effective  Date
shall be eligible to  participate  in the Plan on the Effective  Date, if he has
satisfied the  eligibility  requirements  in subsection (b) below or if he was a
Participant in the Predecessor Plan. In determining previous participation,  any
provisions of the Predecessor Plan which excluded  Employees from  participation
based on the attainment of a specified age shall not be applied after  September
30, 1988 to any Employee who performs an Hour of Service on or after  October 1,
1988.

         b. After the Effective Date, an Employee employed by the Employer shall
be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the first day of the calendar month
that  coincides  with or next follows the date as of which he has both  attained
age 21 and completed a Year of  Eligibility  Service  provided he is employed by
the Employer on that date.

         c. In applying the above service requirement, (i) an Employee's service
with any Affiliated  Employer shall be taken into account,  and (ii) an Employee
who transfers to employment with the Employer pursuant to the September 11, 1995
Purchase and Assumption  Agreement between Community Bank, National  Association
and the Employer shall receive credit for eligibility  service to the extent the
Employee is credited with  eligibility  service  under the qualified  retirement
plans of  Community  Bank,  National  Association  as of the  date the  Employee
transfers to employment with the Employer.

         d. Any person  included in a unit of employees  covered by a collective
bargaining  agreement  (as defined in Code  Section  7701(a))  between  Employee
representatives and the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall not be eligible
to  participate  in  the  Plan,  unless  such  collective  bargaining  agreement
expressly  provides for the  inclusion of such  persons as  Participants  in the
Plan.

         3.02   Becoming  a   Participant.   Once  an  Employee   satisfies  the
requirements  in Section 3.01, he shall  participate in the Plan  automatically.
The Plan Administrator shall, no later than 90 days after the Employee meets the
eligibility requirements,  advise the Employee that he has become a Participant,
and provide him with information about the Plan.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

         3.03  Eligibility after Reemployment.

         a. Reemployment before a Break in Service: Upon being reemployed before
a One-Year  Break in Service has  occurred,  the  reemployed  Employee  shall be
treated as follows:

                   i.  A former Participant shall continue to participate in the
                       Plan  as  if  his employment had not terminated; provided
                       that, for Plan Years that begin prior to January 1, 1995,
                       the period  during  which the Participant was absent from
                       employment  shall  not  be  included in the Participant's
                       Years of Benefit Service.

                  ii.  A former  Employee  who had not yet  become a Participant
                       shall have the period of prior employment  counted toward
                       satisfying the service requirement  in  Section  3.01  as
                       if his employment had not terminated.  The Employee shall
                       begin to  participate  in  the  Plan  in  accordance with
                       Sections  3.01 and  3.02, upon satisfying the eligibility
                       requirements.

         b. Reemployment after a Break in Service: Upon being reemployed after a
Break in Service,  the  reemployed  Employee  shall  participate  in the Plan as
follows:

                   i.  Participation  shall  be  reinstated  as of  the  date of
                       reemployment for: (A) a former Vested Participant and (B)
                       a former  Non-Vested Participant  whose  consecutive One-
                       Year  Breaks  in  Service  did  not exceed the greater of
                       five, or his number of Years of Vesting  Service  before 
                       the Break in Service.

                  ii.  A former Non-Vested  Participant  with a Break in Service
                       longe   than  provided  in  subsection  (i), and a former
                       Employee  wh   had  not  yet become a Participant when he
                       terminated employment,  shall begin to participate in the
                       Plan  as  of  the  first day of the  calendar  month that
                       coincides  with  or next follows the date he again satis-
                       fies the eligibility requirements in Section 3.01.

In  applying  the  above  provisions,   the  computation  period  shall  be  the
eligibility   computation  period  specified  in  the  definition  of  "Year  of
Eligibility  Service"  in Article II, as though the  reemployment  date were the
employment commencement date.

Notwithstanding  the above  provisions,  prior  service  will be credited  for a
Participant  who received a  distribution  of his vested  benefits,  only if the
distribution is repaid as provided in Article V.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>



         3.04     Eligibility Based on Service in Ineligible Classification.

         a. If an Employee who had not been in an eligible class of employees of
the Employer or an  Affiliated  Employer  becomes a member of such a class,  his
eligibility to  participate  in the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with
the  above  provisions  of this  Article,  counting  service  in the  ineligible
classification.

         b. An individual who ceases to be a Participant because he is no longer
in an eligible  class of employees  shall become  eligible to participate in the
Plan immediately upon returning to an eligible class of employees.

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                SERVICE CREDITING
                                -----------------

         4.01     Benefit Service.

         a. For service  rendered prior to January 1, 1995, a Participant  shall
be entitled to a Year of Benefit  Service  for each  12-month  period of service
with  the  Employer,  beginning  on the  later of May 9,  1945,  or the date the
Participant  first  became a  Participant.  To the extent not taken into account
under the preceding  sentence,  a Participant shall also receive credit for each
completed month (counted as 1/12th of a year) of service with the Employer after
the applicable  date  described in the preceding  sentence and before January 1,
1995.

         b.  Effective  January  1,  1995,  Years of  Benefit  Service  shall be
measured by the Hours of Service performed by a Participant  during a Plan Year.
A  Participant  shall receive  credit for a Year of Benefit  Service for service
rendered after December 31, 1994 only if the Participant performs 1,000 Hours of
Service in a Plan Year. For the Plan Year during which an Employee first becomes
a Participant, the Employee shall be credited with a Year of Benefit Service for
that Plan Year only if the  Employee  performs  1,000 Hours of Service  from the
date participation  begins through the end of the Plan Year. No partial Years of
Benefit Service shall be granted.

         c. In  determining  Years of Benefit  Service,  service with any of the
following  listed banking  institutions by a Participant who was employed by any
such  institution as of September 29, 1989 shall be considered  service with the
Employer to the extent the Employee's service was recognized for benefit accrual
purposes under such former employer's  qualified defined benefit pension plan as
of September 29, 1989. The banking  institutions  referred to are: National Bank
of Hancock, Hayes National Bank, Fulton County National Bank and Trust, and Bank
of Lake  Placid.  For an Employee  who was  employed at the Key Bank of New York
branches known as  Plattsburgh,  Plattsburgh  North or Ellenburg Depot as of the
date  immediately  preceding  the date of the  Employer's  acquisition  of those
branches,  Years of Benefit  Service also shall include the  Employee's  service
with Key Bank of New York to the extent such service was  recognized for benefit
accrual purposes under such former employer's  qualified defined benefit plan as
of the date  immediately  preceding the date of the  Employer's  acquisition  of
those branches.

         4.02  Vesting Service.

         a. An  Employee  shall be  entitled  to  credit  for a Year of  Vesting
Service for purposes of determining  his vested  interest in his Accrued Benefit
derived from  Employer  contributions  for all Years of Vesting  Service  unless
excluded by subsection (b) or Section 4.03.

                                      -21-

<PAGE>


         b.  For  purposes  of this  Section,  service  shall  not  include  the
following:

                   i.  Service before age 22, if the Employee fails to be credi-
                       ted with an Hour of Service after September 30, 1985;

                  ii.  Service with the Employer during any period for which the
                       Employer  did  not  maintain  this  Plan or a predecessor
                       Plan; or

                  iii. Service for periods during which the Employee declined to
                       make  any  portion  of required Employee contributions to
                       the Plan.

         c. An Employee who transfers to employment  with the Employer  pursuant
to the September 11, 1995 Purchase and Assumption  Agreement  between  Community
Bank,  National  Association  and the Employer shall receive credit for Years of
Vesting  Service to the extent the  Employee is credited  with  vesting  service
under the qualified  retirement plans of Community Bank, National Association as
of the date the Employee transfers to employment with the Employer.

         4.03 Treatment of Prior Service after a Break in Service.

         a. Vested  Participant:  If a Vested  Participant is reemployed after a
One-Year  Break in  Service,  his prior  Years of Vesting  Service  and Years of
Benefit Service shall be taken into account in determining his vested percentage
in his Accrued Benefit derived from Employer  contributions as of the date he is
reemployed.  Notwithstanding  the preceding  sentence,  a Vested Participant who
receives  a full  distribution  of his  vested  Accrued  Benefit  following  his
termination of  employment,  shall receive credit for the prior Years of Vesting
Service  and Years of  Benefit  Service  only if he repays the  distribution  in
accordance with Section 5.03.

         b. Non-Vested Participant:

                   i. If a Non-Vested Participant is reemployed after a One-Year
                      Break  in  Service,  his prior  Years of  Vesting  Service
                      and  Years of  Benefit  Service  shall  not  be taken into
                      account,  if the number of consecutive  One-Year Breaks in
                      Service  equals  or  exceeds  the  greater  of:   (i) five
                      or  (ii)  the Participant's Years of Vesting Service prior
                      to the Break in Service.

                  ii. If  the  Non-Vested  Participant  has a  shorter  Break in
                      Service  than that  described in subsection  (i), he shall
                      receive credit for his prior Years of Vesting  Service and
                      Years  of  Benefit  Service in the same manner as provided
                      for a Vested Participant in subsection (a) above.

                                      -22-

<PAGE>

         c. Prior  Break in  Service:  In  applying  the above  provisions,  the
aggregate number of Years of Vesting Service and Years of Benefit Service before
the Break in Service shall be deemed not to include any Years of Vesting Service
or Years of Benefit  Service not  required to be taken into  account  under this
Section by reason of any prior Break in Service.

         4.04 Retention of Service.  A Participant's  benefit accrual and vested
interest in benefits under the Plan up to the Effective Date shall be determined
according  to  the  Predecessor  Plan  as in  effect  immediately  prior  to the
Effective  Date. On the Effective Date and thereafter,  a Participant's  benefit
accrual and vested  interest  shall not be reduced by termination of employment,
Breaks in Service or for any other reason, except as provided in the Plan.

         4.05 Limitation of Service  Credited.  No more than one Year of Vesting
Service and one Year of Benefit  Service  shall be credited  with respect to any
12-month  period.  The foregoing  sentence  shall not prevent the crediting of a
full Year of Vesting  Service  for the Plan Year that  begins on October 1, 1994
and ends on December 31, 1994 for an Employee  who  completes at least 250 Hours
of Service in that Plan Year.

                                      -23-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                             VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                             -----------------------

         5.01  Vesting  Schedule.  Except as provided in Section  5.02 below,  a
Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  shall  become  vested  in  accordance  with the
applicable schedule below.

         a. An Employee who is credited  with at least one Hour of Service after
the  Effective  Date,  but who is not credited with at least one Hour of Service
after  December 31, 1994,  shall become vested in accordance  with the following
schedule:

         Years of Vesting Service                             Vested Percentages
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Less than 3 years                                              0%
         3 years but less than 4 years                                 20%
         4 years but less than 5 years                                 40%
         5 years but less than 6 years                                 60%
         6 years but less than 7 years                                 80%
         7 years or more                                              100%

         b. An  Employee  who is  credited  with  Hours of  Service  only  after
December 31, 1994 shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule:

         Years of Vesting Service                             Vested Percentage
         ------------------------                             -----------------
         Less than 5 years                                             0%
         5 years or more                                             100%

         c. An Employee  who (i) is  credited  with at least one Hour of Service
during the period that  begins on the  Effective  Date and ends on December  31,
1994,  and (ii) is credited with at least one Hour of Service after December 31,
1994,  shall become vested in accordance  with the schedule  above that provides
the greatest Vested Percentage for the Employee.

         5.02  Exceptions  to  Vesting  Schedule.   Notwithstanding   the  above
schedule,  the following rules shall apply in determining a Participant's vested
interest in his Accrued Benefit:

         a. In  case  of a change in the vesting schedule,  the rules in Section
5.04 shall be applied to Participants affected by the change.

         b. The Minimum Vesting  Schedule in Article XV shall become  applicable
if the Plan is Top-Heavy for one or more Plan Years.  (The rules in Section 5.04
apply to any change to or from the Minimum Vesting Schedule.)

                                      -24-

<PAGE>

         c. A Participant shall become 100 percent vested in his Accrued Benefit
upon (i) the  Participant's  attainment  of Normal  Retirement  Age while  still
actively employed by the Employer,  (ii) the Participant's  death at a time when
he is actively employed by the Employer, or (iii) the Participant's  termination
of employment due to Total and Permanent Disability.

         5.03 Forfeitures.  If a Participant  terminates his employment with the
Employer  at a time when he is not 100  percent  vested in his  Accrued  Benefit
derived from Employer contributions,  the nonvested portion of the benefit shall
be forfeited subject to the following provisions:

         a. Time of Forfeiture:  If a Participant terminates employment with the
Employer and receives a distribution from the Plan, his nonvested benefits shall
be forfeited when the  distribution is made. If the Participant does not receive
a distribution,  his nonvested  benefits shall be forfeited as of the end of the
Plan Year in which he incurs five  consecutive  One-Year Breaks in Service.  For
purposes of this subsection,  if the present value of the  Participant's  vested
Accrued  Benefit is zero, he shall be deemed to have received a distribution  of
the Accrued Benefit when he terminated employment.

         b. Use of Forfeiture:  Any benefits  forfeited pursuant to this Section
shall be used to reduce future Employer  contributions  to the Plan. In no event
shall the remaining  Participants receive additional benefits as a result of the
forfeitures.

         c. Restoration of Forfeited Amounts:

                   i.  A  Participant who forfeited  benefits when he received a
                       distribution  from  the  Plan  shall  have  the  right to
                       restore his Accrued Benefit to the extent forfeited, pro-
                       vided that he resumes  employment and repays  to the Plan
                       the full amount of the distribution plus interest (using 
                       the interest rates determined under Section  411(c)(2)(C)
                       of the Code).  Any repayment pursuant to this  subsection
                       must be made before the  earlier of (A) five years  after
                       the first date on which the Participant is subsequently  
                       reemployed by the Employer; or (B) the close of the first
                       period of five  consecutive  One-Year  Breaks in Service 
                       after the distribution was made.

                  ii.  If a Participant who was deemed to receive a distribution
                       pursuant to subsection  (a) above resumes employment with
                       the Employer  before incurring  five consecutive One-Year
                       Breaks in Service,  the amount of the Accrued Benefit  as
                       of the date of the deemed distribution shall be  restored
                       when he again participates in the Plan (see Section 3.03)

                                      -25-

<PAGE>

         5.04  Amendments Affecting Vesting Schedule.

         a. In the case of an Employee who is a  Participant  on (i) the date an
amendment  changing the vesting schedule is adopted,  or (ii) if later, the date
the  amendment  is  effective,  the vested  percentage  of his  Accrued  Benefit
(determined  as of the  applicable  date) shall not be less than the  percentage
calculated under the terms of the Plan without regard to the amendment.

         b. If the vesting  schedule in Section 5.01 is amended,  or the Plan is
amended  in  any  way  that,  directly  or  indirectly,  adversely  affects  the
computation of a Participant's  nonforfeitable  percentage in his future benefit
accruals  (including an automatic change to or from the Minimum Vesting Schedule
if the Plan becomes  Top-Heavy),  a Participant who is an Employee with at least
three Years of Service may elect to have the  nonforfeitable  percentage  of his
Accrued Benefit determined without regard to the amendment. For Participants who
do not have at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December
31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "five Years of
Service" for "three Years of Service." In determining a  Participant's  Years of
Service for purposes of this  subsection,  the  exclusions  set forth in Section
4.02 shall not apply.

         c. A Participant's right to make an election under subsection (b) shall
be governed by the following:

                   i.  The  Plan  Administrator  shall  provide   each  affected
                       Participant  with  written  notice and  an election  form
                       regarding  his  right to elect to remain under the former
                       vesting schedule.

                  ii.  The  election  period  shall  begin  with  the  date  the
                       amendment is adopted (or deemed to be made) and shall end
                       on the date which is the latest of: (A) 60 days after the
                       date the amendment is adopted; (B) 60 days after the date
                       the  amendment  becomes  effective;  or (C) 60 days after
                       the  date  the  notice   described  in   subsection   (i)
                       above  is  issued  by  the  Plan Administrator.

                 iii.  A  Participant  who  does  not  timely  file  a  properly
                       completed  election  form shall be subject to the amended
                       vesting schedule.

                                      -26-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              BENEFITS ELIGIBILITY
                              --------------------


         6.01  Normal Retirement Benefit.

         a. A Participant  shall be eligible to receive benefits upon Retirement
on  his  Normal  Retirement  Date,  provided  he  completes  an  application  in
accordance with subsection (b).

         b. To commence receipt of benefit payments, a Participant must submit a
signed  written  application  to the Plan  Administrator  in which he  elects an
Annuity  Starting Date and form of distribution (in compliance with Article IX).
Upon  proper  application,  the Plan  Administrator  shall  begin to  distribute
benefits as soon as administratively feasible.

         c. If a Participant continues in employment after his Normal Retirement
Date for at least 40 Hours of Service monthly, the Participant shall not receive
any benefit  payments during the period of such  employment.  However,  benefits
shall  continue to accrue,  and the  Participant  shall be eligible to receive a
late retirement benefit as provided in this Article and Article VII.

         d. In the case of a Participant  described in subsection  (c), the Plan
Administrator  shall  establish  procedures to give the  Participant  the notice
required by Department of Labor  Regulation 29 C.F.R.  ss.  2530.203-3(b)(4)  no
later than the end of the first  calendar  month or payroll  period in which the
Plan does not pay benefits due to the continued employment.  Benefit payments to
the Participant shall commence no later than the first day of the third calendar
month  after the  calendar  month in which he ceases to be employed at the level
described in subsection (c).

         e. Notwithstanding the above provisions,  the payment of benefits shall
begin once a Participant has reached his Required Beginning Date.

         6.02  Early Retirement Benefit.

         a. Upon written  notice to the Plan  Administrator,  a Participant  may
elect to receive  benefits upon  Retirement  on an Early  Retirement  Date.  The
payment  of  benefits  shall  be  effective  as of the  first  day of the  month
coinciding with or next following the elected Early Retirement Date.

         b. A Participant who terminates  employment with a nonforfeitable right
to an Accrued  Benefit after  satisfying  the service  requirement  for an early
retirement benefit,  but  before satisfying the age  requirement,  may  elect to
receive early retirement  benefits  when he later satisfies the age requirement.

                                      -27-

<PAGE>

         6.03 Late Retirement  Benefit.  A Participant who delays his Retirement
until after his Normal  Retirement  Date shall  continue to accrue  benefits and
shall be eligible to receive a late retirement  benefit as of the earlier of (a)
the  first  day of the  month  coinciding  with or  next  following  his  Actual
Retirement Date, or (b) his Required Beginning Date.

         6.04  Disability Retirement Benefit.

         a. A Participant  who terminates  employment  because he is Totally and
Permanently  Disabled,  before  reaching his Normal  Retirement  Date,  shall be
eligible to receive benefits  commencing on the Participant's  Normal Retirement
Date.

         b. A  Participant  must  file  a  written  application  with  the  Plan
Administrator  to receive  disability  retirement  benefits.  Upon  receiving an
application,  the Plan Administrator  shall determine whether the Participant is
Totally and Permanently Disabled as defined in Article II.

         6.05 Preretirement Death Benefit. Effective as of January 1, 1995, if a
Participant  dies before the Annuity  Starting  Date,  death  benefits  shall be
provided  in  accordance  with this  Section and the  provisions  of Article VII
regarding  preretirement death benefits.  If a Participant dies prior to January
1, 1995 and prior to the Annuity Starting Date, only the Preretirement  Survivor
Annuity shall be payable and shall be payable only to the Surviving  Spouse.  If
the Participant is unmarried at the time of death (prior to the Annuity Starting
Date and prior to January 1, 1995),  no  preretirement  death  benefit  shall be
payable.

         a. The  Participant's  Accrued Benefit shall be paid as a Preretirement
Survivor  Annuity for the life of the Surviving  Spouse,  as provided in Article
VII, unless:

                   i.  The  Participant  is  unmarried  or  another exception to
                       spousal rights in Section 8.02 applies; or

                  ii.  The Participant waives the Preretirement Survivor Annuity
                       with spousal consent in accordance with subsection (c) 
                       below.

         b. If benefits are not being paid as a Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity
pursuant to  subsection  (a), the  Participant's  designated  Beneficiary  shall
receive preretirement death benefits as provided in Article VII.

         c.  Waiver  of  Preretirement   Survivor  Annuity:  A  Participant  may
effectively  waive the  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity,  and elect to have the
other preretirement death benefit paid to another Beneficiary as follows:

                                      -28-

<PAGE>

                   i.  The election  ust be made in writing and delivered to the
                       Plan  Administrator  during the period that begins on the
                       first  day  of  the  Plan  Year  in which the Participant
                       attains age 35, and ends on the date of the Participant's
                       death.  However, if  a Participant  terminates employment
                       before  the  first day of the Plan Year in which he would
                       attain  age  35,  the  election period shall begin on the
                       termination date. 

                  ii.  The Participant's Spouse must consent to the election, in
                       a consent which satisfies the requirements in Section 
                       8.02(e).

                 iii.  The  election  must be made after the Plan  Administrator
                       provides  the  Participant  with  a notice  regarding the
                       Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  that is  comparable  to
                       the   notice  regarding  the  Joint and  Survivor Annuity
                       described in Section  9.01.  The Plan  Administrator must
                       provide  this  notice  during  whichever of the following
                       periods ends last:

                       A. The  period  beginning  with the first day of the Plan
                          Year in  which the Participant attains age 32 and end-
                          ing with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan
                          Year in which the Participant attains age 35;

                       B. A  reasonable period ending after the Employee becomes
                          a Participant; or

                       C. A  reasonable period ending  after  the  Preretirement
                          Survivor  Annuity  requirements  first  apply  to  a 
                          Participant.

                       Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  notice  must be provided
                       within a reasonable period after  termination  of employ-
                       ment in the case of a Participant  who terminates employ-
                       ment with the Employer before attaining age 35.

                       For  purposes  of  this  subsection,  a reasonable period
                       after a specified event is the end of the two year period
                       beginning  one  year  prior  to the date the event occurs
                       and ending one year  after that date.  In  the  case of a
                       Participant  who terminated  employment  before  the Plan
                       Year in  which he  attains  age 35,  the  notice shall be
                       provided  within  the two-year period  beginning one year
                       prior to termination  and  ending  one  year  after term-
                       ination.  If  such a  Participant thereafter  returns  to
                       employment with the Employer,  his notice period shall be
                       redetermined.

                  iv.  Notwithstanding   the   election   period   described  in
                       subsection  (i),  a  Participant  who will not yet attain
                       age  35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a
                       special  election, in  the  form  and method  required by

                                      -29-

<PAGE>
 
                       subsection (i), for the period that begins on the date of
                       such election and ends on the  first day of the Plan Year
                       in  which  the Participant  will attain  age  35. Such an
                       election  shall  not be valid unless the Spouse  consents
                       and the Participant receives a written explanation of the
                       Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity,  as  described in  sub-
                       sections  (ii) and (iii).  Preretirement Survivor Annuity
                       coverage automatically will be reinstated as of the first
                       day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain
                       age 35. Any new  waiver  thereafter  will  be  subject to
                       all of the  requirements  of this Article.

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions,  a revocation of a prior waiver of the
Preretirement  Survivor Annuity may be made by a Participant without the consent
of the Spouse at any time prior to the  commencement of benefits.  The number of
revocations shall not be limited.

         d. The Plan Administrator shall require  satisfactory  written proof of
the  Participant's  death before paying  benefits  under this Section.  The Plan
Administrator shall also require whatever proof is necessary,  in the particular
case, to establish the right of any person to receive the benefit.

         6.06  Benefits  Following  Termination  of  Employment.   If  a  Vested
Participant terminates employment at a time when he is not eligible for benefits
under any of the  preceding  Sections of this  Article,  his  benefits  shall be
distributed  in accordance  with the following  provisions and the provisions of
Article VII regarding deferred vested retirement benefits.

         a.  Benefits  Not in Excess of  $3,500:  If the value of  Participant's
vested Accrued Benefit does not exceed $3,500, the entire vested amount shall be
paid to the  Participant in a single lump sum.  Payment shall be made as soon as
administratively feasible following the termination of employment. No consent is
required for this distribution.

         b.   Benefits  in  Excess  of  $3,500:   If  the  present  value  of  a
Participant's  vested Accrued  Benefit  derived from Employer (and any Employee)
contributions  exceeds  (or at the  time  of any  prior  distribution  exceeded)
$3,500,  he will be  entitled  to a  deferred  vested  benefit.  This means that
benefits  will  only  be  distributed  at  times  when  the  Participant  or his
Beneficiary is eligible to receive benefits under the preceding Sections of this
Article.

         c.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing of this Section  6.06,  for Annuity
Starting  Dates that occur on or after January 1, 1998,  this Section 6.06 shall
be applied by  deleting  $3,500 and  inserting  $5,000 in each place that $3,500
appears.

                                      -30-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII

                             COMPUTATION OF BENEFITS
                             -----------------------


         7.01     Normal Retirement Benefit.

         a. The annual normal  retirement  benefit of a Participant  who becomes
eligible  for  benefits  under  Section  6.01 shall equal the sum of the amounts
described in (i), (ii) and (iii) below, with that sum then reduced by the amount
described in (iv) below.

                   i.  The  Participant's accrued  benefit under the Predecessor
                       Plan as of September 30, 1989.

                  ii.  For Years of Benefit  Service earned after  September 30,
                       1989  and  before  January  1,  1995,  the  sum  of  (A) 
                       1.60  percent of  the Participant's Final Average Compen-
                       sation  for  each  such Year of Benefit Service, plus (B)
                       .60 percent  of the Participant's  Final Average  Compen-
                       sation that is in excess of Covered Compensation for each
                       such Year of Benefit Service.

                 iii.  For Years of Benefit  Service  earned after  December 31,
                       1994, the sum  f (A) 1.25 percent  of  the  Participant's
                       Final  Average Compensation for each such Year of Benefit
                       Service,  plus (B) .60 percent of the Participant's Final
                       Average   Compensation  that  is  in  excess  of  Covered
                       Compensation for each such Year of Benefit Service.

                 iv.   The  annual normal  retirement  benefit  payable  to  the
                       Participant  from  the  Retirement  Plan  of  Irving Bank
                       Corporation  and  Affiliated Companies,  or any successor
                       plan, as a result of  the  Participant's  employment with
                       National  Bank  of  Hancock,  Hayes National Bank, Fulton
                       Count  National  Bank  and  Trust, and/or  Bank  of Lake 
                       Placid through September 29, 1989.

In  applying  the  foregoing  formula,  the Plan shall at all times  satisfy the
overall permitted disparity limit of Regulation 1.401(l)-5.

         b. For  purposes  of this  Section,  "Covered  Compensation"  means the
amounts  prescribed  in tables  published  by the  Commissioner  of the Internal
Revenue Service pursuant to Regulation 1.401(l)-1(c)(7)(ii).

                                      -31-

<PAGE>

         c. For  purposes of this Section  7.01,  the number of Years of Benefit
Service taken into account under the Plan shall be limited to the greater of (i)
30, or (ii) the number of Years of Benefit Service  completed by the Participant
as of December 31, 1994 (up to a maximum of 40). For purposes of this subsection
(c), Years of Benefit Service completed by the Participant through September 30,
1989 shall be taken into account.

         d.  Notwithstanding  Section  7.01(a),  the  annual  normal  retirement
benefit of a Participant who is actively employed and performs at least one Hour
of Service  after  September  30,  1989 shall not be less than the excess of the
amount described in (i) below, over the amount described in (ii) below.

                   i.  The sum of (A) 1.60  percent of the  Participant's  Final
                       Average  Compensation  determined as of December 31, 1994
                       for each  Year of Benefit Service earned through December
                       31, 1994 (up to a maximum of 40 years), plus (B) .65 per-
                       cent  of  the  Participant's  Final Average  Compensation
                       determined  as  of December 31, 1994 that is in excess of
                       1994  Covered  Compensation  for  each  Year  of  Benefit
                       Service  earned   through   December  31,  1994  (up to a
                       maximum of 35 years).

                  ii.  The  annual  normal  retirement  benefit  payable  to the
                       Participant  fro   the  Retirement  Plan  of  Irving Bank
                       Corporation and  Affiliated  Companies,  or any successor
                       plan, as  a result of the  Participant's  employment with
                       National  Bank  of  Hancock,  Hayes National Bank, Fulton
                       County  National  Bank  and  Trust,  and/or  Bank of Lake
                       Placid through September 29, 1989.

         7.02  Early  Retirement  Benefit.  The early  retirement  benefit  of a
Participant  who  becomes  eligible  for  benefits  under  Article  VI  shall be
calculated as provided in Section 7.01, based on the Participant's service up to
his Early Retirement Date, and then reduced by one-quarter of one percent (.25%)
per  month for each  month by which  the  Participant's  Early  Retirement  Date
precedes the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

         7.03  Late Retirement Benefit.

         a. The late retirement  benefit of a Participant  who becomes  eligible
for benefits  under  Article VI shall be determined as provided in Section 7.01,
based on the Participant's  Compensation and service up to his Actual Retirement
Date.

         b. The benefit  provided  under  subsection  (a) for a Participant  who
earns Years of Benefit Service after the  Participant's  Normal  Retirement Date
shall be redetermined annually in accordance with Section 7.07.

                                      -32-

<PAGE>

         c.  Notwithstanding  the  preceding   provisions,   the  accrual  of  a
Participant's  benefit for a Plan Year shall be reduced  (but not below zero) by
the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of any  distributions  made  from  the  Plan  to the
Participant  by the close of the Plan Year  pursuant  to Article IX of the Plan.
The reduction shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.07.

         7.04 Disability  Retirement Benefit. The disability  retirement benefit
of a  Participant  who becomes  eligible for benefits  under Article VI shall be
determined as provided in Section  7.01,  based on (a) the  Participant's  Final
Average  Compensation and Covered  Compensation as of the Disability  Retirement
Date,  and (b) the  benefit  formula  in  effect  under the Plan on the date the
Participant  ceased active  employment.  For purposes of determining an eligible
Participant's  benefit under this Section 7.04,  the  Participant  will be given
credit for a Year of Benefit  Service for each year  between  the  Participant's
Disability  Retirement  Date and  Normal  Retirement  Date that the  Participant
remains Totally and Permanently Disabled.

         7.05  Preretirement Death Benefit.

         a. Effective as of January 1, 1995, the survivor  annuity  described in
subsection (b) or (c), as applicable,  shall be payable to the  Beneficiary,  if
the  Participant  dies before the Annuity  Starting Date. If a Participant  dies
prior to  January  1,  1995 and prior to the  Annuity  Starting  Date,  only the
Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable and shall be payable only to the
Surviving  Spouse.  If a Participant is unmarried at the time of death (prior to
the Annuity Starting Date and prior to January 1, 1995), no preretirement  death
benefit shall be payable.

         b. If the  Participant  dies after his  Earliest  Retirement  Age,  the
Beneficiary  shall  receive  the  same  benefit  that  would be  payable  if the
Participant had retired with a Joint and Survivor  Annuity on the day before his
death.

         c. If the  Participant  dies on or before his Earliest  Retirement Age,
the  Beneficiary  shall  receive the same  benefit  that would be payable if the
Participant had:

                   i.  Separated from service on the date of death (or actual 
                       date of separation from service, if earlier);

                  ii.  Survived to the Earliest  Retirement  Age, and retired on
                       that date with an immediate Joint and Survivor Annuity; 
                       and

                 iii.  Died on the day after the Earliest Retirement Age.

         d. Payment of the preretirement  death benefit described in subsections
(b) and (c) shall commence as soon as  administratively  feasible (but not later
than one year) after the date of the Participant's death;  provided that, if the
Beneficiary is the Surviving Spouse, the Surviving Spouse may elect to defer the
commencement of payments to the first day of any month before December 31 of the

                                      -33-

<PAGE>

calendar  year in which the  Participant  would have attained age 70 1/2. If the
payment of benefits commences as of a date other than the Participant's Earliest
Retirement  Age,  the benefits  paid shall be the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the
benefits that would have been paid at the Participant's Earliest Retirement Age.

         e.  Notwithstanding the preceding  provisions,  if the present value of
the  preretirement  death benefit  described in subsections (b) and (c) does not
exceed $3,500 ($5,000,  for  distributions  that commence on or after January 1,
1998),  the full vested amount shall be paid to the designated  Beneficiary in a
single lump sum. The payment shall be made as soon as administratively  feasible
following the date on which the Plan Administrator is provided with proof of the
Participant's death.

         7.06  Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit.

         a. The deferred vested retirement  benefit of a Participant who becomes
eligible  for  benefits  under  Article  VI shall be the  Participant's  Accrued
Benefit  up to his  termination  of  employment,  multiplied  by the  applicable
vesting percentage set forth in Article V.

         b. The  benefit  provided  by  subsection  (a) shall be  payable at the
Participant's  Normal  Retirement Date or, if the  Participant so elects,  at an
Early  Retirement Date if the Participant  meets the pertinent  requirements set
forth in Article VI.

         7.07 Reemployment After Benefit Commencement.  A Participant in receipt
of  benefit  payments  under the Plan who  returns  to active  service  with the
Employer as an Employee, or, in the case of an active Participant employed after
his Required  Beginning  Date,  who continues in active  service as an Employee,
shall  have  his  allowance  recalculated  as of the  end of each  Plan  Year as
follows:

                  a. First, the Participant's  benefit as of the end of the Plan
Year will be  calculated  without  regard to the fact  that the  Participant  is
receiving benefits.

                  b. The Participant's benefit in effect as of the Participant's
original  Annuity  Starting  Date  will  then be  subtracted  from  the  benefit
determined  pursuant  to (a) above to  determine  the  extent of any  additional
accrual.

                  c. Any  additional  accrual  determined  pursuant to (b) above
shall then be reduced (but not below zero) by the Actuarial  Equivalent value of
Plan benefit  payments  received by the Participant  through the end of the Plan
Year.

                  d. Any  additional  accrual  determined  pursuant to (c) above
shall be converted to the form of payment  selected by the Participant as of the
Participant's  original Annuity Starting Date, using the ages of the Participant
and  the  Participant's Beneficiary (if applicable) at the time of recalculation
and conversion.

                                      -34-

<PAGE>

                  e.  Payment  of  the  recalculated   benefit,   including  any
increase, shall be effective as of the first day of the ensuing Plan Year.

         7.08  July 1, 1995  Cost-of-Living  Increase.  Effective  as of July 1,
1995,  the  benefit  otherwise  determined  pursuant  to  Section  7.01 for each
Participant  (a) whose  employment  with the Employer  terminated for any reason
prior to  January 1,  1990,  (b) who,  at the time  employment  terminated,  had
already fulfilled all requirements for a normal, early, or disability retirement
benefit,  and (c) who is receiving (or upon filing  appropriate  election  forms
would be eligible to receive)  monthly benefit payments from the Plan as of July
1, 1995,  shall be increased by five percent.  The foregoing  increase  shall be
applied prior to any adjustment for the date  distributions  commence and/or for
optional forms of payment.

                                      -35-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  BENEFICIARIES
                                  -------------


         8.01     Designation of a Beneficiary.

         a.  Each  Participant  may  designate  one or more  Beneficiaries  (and
contingent  Beneficiaries)  by  delivering  a  written  designation  to the Plan
Administrator on a form provided by the Plan  Administrator,  in compliance with
the provisions of Section 8.02.

         b. A  Participant  may  also  make a new  designation  at any  time (in
accordance with Section 8.02). Such a designation is effective only upon receipt
by the Plan Administrator, at which time it supersedes all prior designations.

         c. Upon the death of a Participant, his Beneficiaries shall be entitled
to the benefits described in Articles VII and IX.

         d. A  designation  of a  Beneficiary  shall  be  effective  only if the
designated Beneficiary survives the Participant.

         e. Upon the legal  dissolution  of the marriage of a  Participant,  any
designation  of the  Participant's  former Spouse as a Beneficiary  shall remain
valid,  unless otherwise  provided in a Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order, or
unless the Participant  delivers a new designation to the Plan  Administrator or
is remarried.

         8.02 Spouses's Rights. The Spouse of a married Participant shall be the
Participant's Beneficiary,  whether or not designated as such, unless one of the
following requirements in subsections (a) through (d) below is satisfied.

         a. Spouse's  Consent to the Beneficiary:  The Participant  designates a
different Beneficiary and the Spouse waives the right to be the Beneficiary in a
consent which meets the requirements of subsection (e). In this regard:

                  i.  The Participant must designate a specific Beneficiary that
                      cannot be changed  without a new spousal  consent,  unless
                      the Spouse executes a general consent, as provided in sub-
                      section (e)(ii) below.

                 ii.  Notwithstanding  subsection (i) above, the Participant may
                      at any time revoke the  designation of a non-spouse  Bene-
                      ficiary and restore the Spouse as the Beneficiary, without
                      spousal consent.

                                      -36-

<PAGE>

         b. Separation:  The Participant  designates a different Beneficiary and
is legally  separated from his Spouse or has been abandoned,  within the meaning
of local law, and provides the Plan  Administrator  with a court order regarding
the  applicable  circumstance.  (However,  such a Spouse must be considered  the
Spouse to the extent provided in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.)

         c. Missing Spouse: The Participant  designates a different  Beneficiary
and establishes to the  satisfaction of the Plan  Administrator  that the Spouse
cannot be located.  The Plan  Administrator  shall adopt procedures to implement
this provision, which shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.

         d. Unmarried Participant:  The Participant is unmarried.  This "deemed"
waiver of spousal  rights for an unmarried  Participant  is null and void if the
Participant later marries.

         e. Consent Requirement: The Spouse's consent to waive survivor benefits
in favor of another Beneficiary is valid only if the following  requirements are
satisfied:

                   i.  The Spouse's consent must be in writing and signed,  must
                       acknowledge  the  effect  of the  election,  and  must be
                       witnessed  by a notary public.

                  ii.  The Spouse's consent must either acknowledge the specific
                       non-spouse  Beneficiary   or  must  expressly  permit the
                       Participant to alter the Beneficiary designation  without
                       further  spousal  consent.  For   Plan   Years  beginning
                       after  October 22, 1986, a  consent that permits  further
                       designations must also  acknowledge  (A) that the Spouse 
                       has the right to limit  consent to a specific Beneficiary
                       and (B) that the Spouse is voluntarily  elinquishing this
                       right.

                 iii.  The consent  required by this  subsection may be given by
                       the  legal  guardian  of  a legally  incompetent  Spouse.
                       This  applies  even  if  the  Participant is  the  legal 
                       guardian.

                  iv.  A  consent  is  only  valid  for the Spouse who gives the
                       consent (or  for whom  the  consent  is  given by a legal
                       guardian).

A valid consent,  once given,  can be revoked;  provided the  revocation  occurs
before the Annuity Starting Date.

         8.03 Absence of a Designated  Beneficiary.  If no effective Beneficiary
designation  exists at the Participant's  death, the Participant shall be deemed
to have  designated  the  following  Beneficiaries  in the  following  order  of
priority:  (a)  the  Spouse;  (b)  children,   including  adopted  children  and
step-children,  in equal  shares;  (c)  parents,  in equal  shares,  and (d) the
Participant's  estate.  This order of priority shall apply to individuals living
at the time of the Participant's death.

                                      -37-

<PAGE>

         8.04     Beneficiaries' Rights.   Whenever  the rights of a Participant
are stated or limited in the Plan,  his Beneficiaries shall also be bound by the
Plan provisions.

                                      -38-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                            DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS


         9.01  Form of Distribution.

         a. Normal Forms:  The normal form of benefit for a  Participant  who is
married on his Annuity  Starting Date is a 50 percent Joint and Survivor Annuity
with the Spouse as Beneficiary, which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit
that would be payable to the  Participant if the  Participant was not married on
his Annuity  Starting Date. The normal form of benefit for a Participant  who is
not married on his Annuity Starting Date is a straight life annuity,  payable in
monthly installments,  for the life of the Participant;  provided, however, that
if the Participant  shall die before having received 60 monthly  payments,  such
monthly payments shall be continued to his Beneficiary until the total number of
monthly  payments  to  such  Participant  and  Beneficiary  equals  60.  If  the
Participant  and  Beneficiary  die before having  received a total of 60 monthly
payments, the Actuarial Equivalent value of the balance of such monthly payments
shall be paid in a single sum to the estate of the  survivor of the  Participant
and Beneficiary.

         b. Optional Forms of Payment:  Unless the mandatory cash-out provisions
of Section 6.06(a) apply, a Participant may elect to receive his Plan benefit in
one of the optional forms of payment  described below,  provided the Participant
and form of payment satisfy the other requirements of this Article IX.

                   i.  A  reduced  retirement   benefit   payable   during   the
                       Participant's lifetime, with the provision that after his
                       death  the  same benefit shall be paid during the life of
                       such contingent annuitant Beneficiary) as the Participant
                       shall have nominated by written  designation duly acknow-
                       ledged and filed with the Plan Administrator prior to the
                       time payment is to commence.

                  ii.  A  reduced  retirement benefit payable during the Partic-
                       ipant's lifetime, with the provision that after his death
                       the  same  benefit  shall be paid during the life of such
                       contingent  annuitant  (Beneficiary)  as  the Participant
                       shall  have nominated by written designation duly acknow-
                       ledged and filed with the Plan Administrator prior to the
                       time payment is to commence.  If both the Participant and
                       the  contingent  annuitant die before 60 monthly payments
                       have  been made since the benefit  commencement date, the
                       Actuarial  Equivalent  value  of  the  balance of such 60
                       monthly   payments  shall be paid in a single  sum to the
                       estate  of the survivor of the Participant and contingent
                       annuitant.  Participants who elect to commence receipt of
                       benefit  payments on  or  after January 1, 1995 may elect
                       this  optional  form of payment with 120 monthly payments
                       guaranteed.

                                      -39-

<PAGE>

                 iii.  A   reduced   retirement   benefit   payable  during  the
                       Participant's  life with the  provision  that after  such
                       period  a benefit of one-half of the benefit payable dur-
                       ing  the Participant's life shall be continued during the
                       life of such contingent  annuitant  (Beneficiary)  as the
                       Participant  shall have nominated  by written designation
                       duly  acknowledged and filed with the Plan  Administrator
                       prior to the  time  payment  is to commence.  If both the
                       Participant  and the  contingent  annuitant die before 60
                       monthly  payments  have  been made since the benefit com-
                       mencement date, the  Actuarial  Equivalent  value  of the
                       balance  of such 60 monthly  payments  shall be paid in a
                       single  sum to the estate of the survivor of the Partici-
                       pant  and contingent annuitant. Participants who elect to
                       commence  receipt of benefit payments on or after January
                       1, 1995 may elect this optional form of payment with 120 
                       monthly payments guaranteed.

                  iv.  Effective for benefit  payments that commence on or after
                       January 1, 1995, a  reduced  retirement  benefit  payable
                       during  the  Participant's  life, with no benefit payable
                       after his death;  provided, however, that if the Partici-
                       pant  shall  die  before having received 120 monthly pay-
                       ments, such monthly payments shall continue to be paid to
                       his Beneficiary until the total number of payments to the
                       Participant and the Beneficiary equals 120. If the Parti-
                       cipant  and Beneficiary both die before having received a
                       tota  of  120 monthly payments, the Actuarial  Equivalent
                       value  of  the  balance of unpaid  monthly payments shall
                       be paid in a single sum to the estate of the  survivor of
                       the  Participant and Beneficiary.

                   v.  An  increased  retirement   benefit  payable  during  the
                       Participant's  life, with  no other benefit payable after
                       his death.

         c.  Election and Consent Requirements

             A Participant may effectively waive his normal form of benefit  and
elect any of the other forms provided in subsection (b) only as follows:

                   i.  The election must be made in writing and delivered to the
                       Plan Administrator during the 90-day period ending on the
                       Annuity Starting Date.  Fo  Plan  Years  beginning  after
                       December 31, 1986, the election must specify the optional
                       form of benefit elected.

                                      -40-

<PAGE>

                  ii.  The  election  must be made after the Plan  Administrator
                       provides  the  Participant  with  the notice described in
                       subsection (d) below.

                 iii.  Unless an exception  stated in Section 8.02 applies,  the
                       Spouse of a  married  Participant  must  consent  to  any
                       election,  except   a  different-percentage   Joint   and
                       Survivor Annuity  with  the  Spouse  as  the Beneficiary.
                       The  Spouse's  consent must  satisfy the  requirements in
                       Section 8.02(e),  and,  for  Plan  Years  beginning after
                       December 31, 1986   must  also  agree  to   the  specific
                       optional form of benefits that  the  Participant  elects.
                       Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, the Participant
                       may  at  any time prior to the  commencement  of benefits
                       revoke  an  election and restore the 50 percent Joint and
                       Survivor Annuity for the Spouse.   The  number of revoca-
                       tions  shall  not be limited; provided, however, that the
                       form  of  payment  in effect on the Annuity Starting Date
                       may not be changed after the Annuity Starting Date.

         d.  Notice:  No  less  than 30 and no more  than 90 days  prior  to the
Annuity  Starting Date, the Plan  Administrator  shall furnish each  Participant
with a written notice that explains:

                   i.  The  terms  and  conditions of  the  50 percent Joint and
                       Survivor Annuity;

                  ii.  The  Participant's  right  to make, and the effect of, an
                       election to waive the 50 percent Joint and Survivor
                       Annuity;

                 iii.  The rights of the Participant's Spouse;

                  iv.  The right to revoke a previous election and the effect of
                       the revocation; and

                   v.  The  relative  values  of the other forms of payment des-
                       cribed in subsection (b).

The Annuity  Starting Date for a  distribution  in a form other than a Joint and
Survivor  Annuity  may be  less  than  30  days  after  receipt  of the  written
explanation described above provided: (A) the Participant has been provided with
information that clearly  indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to
consider whether to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal
consent) to a form of distribution other than a Joint and Survivor Annuity;  (B)
the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative  distribution election at
least until the  Annuity  Starting  Date or, if later,  at any time prior to the
expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the  explanation of the
Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the  Participant;  and (C) the Annuity
Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided
to the Participant.

                                      -41-

<PAGE>

         e. Amount:  The amount payable under any optional form of benefit shall
be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable as a straight life annuity.

         f.  Annuity  Contracts:  Benefits to be paid in the form of any type of
annuity may be provided through a  nontransferable  annuity contract issued by a
reputable  insurance company and purchased by the Trustee,  or by direct payment
from the  Trust,  as  determined  by the Plan  Administrator.  The  terms of any
annuity  contract  purchased and  distributed by the Trustee to a Participant or
Beneficiary  shall  comply  with the  required  distribution  rules  under  this
Article, and Code Section 401(a)(9) and implementing Regulations.

         9.02  Compliance with Code Section 401(a)(9).

         a.  Incorporation  by  Reference:   Distributions   shall  be  made  in
compliance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and implementing  Regulations,  including
the minimum  distribution  incidental benefit requirement of proposed Regulation
1.401(a)(9)-2.  These Code and regulatory  provisions are hereby incorporated by
reference,  and shall take  precedence over any  inconsistent  provisions of the
plan.  (However,  the  Section  401(a)(9)  rules  will not extend the period for
making a  distribution,  if other  provisions  of the Plan  require  an  earlier
distribution.)  These rules are  summarized  in this Section and  Sections  9.03
through 9.05 below.

         b.  Life   Expectancies:   In  applying  Code  Section   401(a)(9)  and
implementing Regulations:

                   i.  Life  expectancies  of  Participants  and   Beneficiaries
                       shall be calculated using the expected return  multiplies
                       in  Tables V and VI of Regulation 1.72-9.

                  ii.  The life  expectancies  of a  Participant  and his Spouse
                       shall not be redetermined pursuant to Code Section 401(a)
                       (9)(D).

         9.03 Required  Distribution to Participant.  As stated in Article VI, a
Participant  generally  may elect to defer the  receipt  of  benefits  following
Retirement.  Notwithstanding  this  general  rule,  the  entire  interest  of  a
Participant must be distributed,  or begin to be distributed,  no later than the
Participant's Required Beginning Date, as defined below.

         a. Age 70-1/2 before January 1, 1988: For a Participant who attains age
70-1/2 before January 1, 1988,  the Required  Beginning Date shall be determined
as follows:

                   i.  For a  Participant who is not a Five  Percent  Owner, the
                       Required  Beginning  Date is April 1 of the calendar year
                       following the calendar year in which the later of Retire-
                       ment or attainment of age 70-1/2 occurs.

                                      -42-

<PAGE>

                  ii.  For a  Participant who is a Five Percent Owner during any
                       year  beginning  after  December 31,  1979,  the Required
                       Beginning Date is April 1 following the later of: (A) the
                       calenda   yea r in  which  the  Participant  attains  age
                       70-1/2, or (B) the earlier of the  calendar  year with or
                       within which ends the Plan Year in which the  Participant
                       becomes  a Five  Percent  Owner,  or the calendar year in
                       which the Participant retires.

         b. Age 70-1/2 on or after  January 1, 1988 and before  January 1, 1996:
For a Participant  who attains age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 1988 and before
January 1, 1996,  the Required  Beginning  Date is April 1 of the calendar  year
following the calendar year in which the  Participant  attains age 70-1/2,  with
the following  exception.  For a Participant  who attains age 70-1/2 during 1988
and has not retired as of January 1, 1989, the Required  Beginning Date is April
1, 1990.

         c. Age 70-1/2 after  December 31, 1995:  For a Participant  who attains
age 70-1/2  after  December  31,  1995,  the  Required  Beginning  Date shall be
determined as follows:

                   i.  For  a  Participant  who  is  a  Five  Percent Owner, the
                       Required Beginning  Date is April 1 of the calendar  year
                       following the calendar  year during which the Participant
                       attains age 70-1/2.

                  ii.  For a Participant  who is not a Five Percent  Owner,  the
                       Required Beginning  Date is April 1 following  the calen-
                       dar  year  in which the later of Retirement or attainment
                       of age 70-1/2 occurs; provided,  however, that  any  such
                       Participant  who  attains age  70-1/2  after December 31,
                       1995  may  elect by April 1 following  the calendar  year
                       during  which the  Participant  attains age 70-1/2 (or by
                       December  31, 1997  in  the  case  of a  Participant  who
                       attains age 70-1/2  in 1996) to  commence  receipt of the
                       Participant's  Plan  benefit as of April 1 following  the
                       calendar  year during which the  Participant  attains age
                       70-1/2.

For purposes of this Section,  a Participant  shall be treated as a Five Percent
Owner if he is a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with
or within the  calendar  year in which he attains  age 66-1/2 or any  subsequent
Plan Year.  Once  distributions  have begun to a Five Percent  Owner,  they must
continue  even  if the  Participant  ceases  to be a  Five  Percent  Owner  in a
subsequent year.

         d. Except with respect to a Five Percent Owner, a Participant's accrued
benefit is  actuarially  increased  to take into  account  the period  after age
70-1/2  in which the  employee  does not  receive  any  benefits  under the Plan
because the Participant  remains in active  employment.  The actuarial  increase
begins on April 1 following the calendar year in which the  Participant  attains
age 70-1/2 (January 1, 1997 in the case of a Participant who attained age 70-1/2
prior to 1996), and ends on the date on which benefits

                                      -43-

<PAGE>

commence  after  retirement  in an amount  sufficient  to satisfy  Code  Section
401(a)(9).  The benefit payable as of such benefit commencement date shall equal
the sum of (i) the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant's  benefit that would
have been payable as of the date actuarial  increases  must commence,  plus (ii)
the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of any  additional  benefits  accrued after the date
actuarial increases must commence.

The sum  described  above shall be reduced by the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of any
distributions  made with  respect to the  Participant's  benefit  after the date
actuarial increases must commence; provided, however, that, in no event will the
Participant's  benefit at benefit  commencement  be less than the  Participant's
benefit determined as of the date actuarial increases must commence.

The actuarial  increase  described in this Section is generally the same as, and
not in addition to, the actuarial  increase  required for that same period under
Code  Section  411 to reflect  the delay in payments  after  normal  retirement,
except that the actuarial increase required under Code Section 401(a)(9)(C) must
be  provided  even  during the period  during  which a  Participant  is in ERISA
Section 203(a)(3)(B) service.

For  purposes of Code  Section  411(b)(1)(H),  the  actuarial  increase  will be
treated as an adjustment  attributable  to the delay in distribution of benefits
after the  attainment  of normal  retirement  age.  Accordingly,  to the  extent
permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(H), the actuarial increase required under
Code Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) may reduce the benefit accrual otherwise required
under Code Section  411(b)(1)(H)(i),  except that the rules on the suspension of
benefits are not applicable.

         9.04  Limits on Distribution Periods.

         a. As of the first "distribution calendar year," distributions,  if not
made in a single sum, may be made only over one of the  following  periods (or a
combination thereof):

                   i.  The life of the Participant;

                  ii.  The life of the Participant and a Beneficiary;

                 iii.  A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy
                       of the Participant; or

                  iv.  A period  certain not extending beyond the joint and last
                       survivor  expectancy  of the Participant and a designated
                       Beneficiary.

                                      -44-

<PAGE>

         b. For  distributions  beginning  before the  Participant's  death, the
first  "distribution  calendar year" is the calendar year immediately  preceding
the calendar year which contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

         c. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first
"distribution  calendar  year" is the calendar year in which  distributions  are
required to begin pursuant to Section 9.05(b).

         9.05 Required Distribution to Beneficiary.  As provided in Article VII,
the designated  Beneficiary generally may elect to defer the receipt of benefits
payable following the death of a Participant.  However, this right is subject to
the following restrictions:

         a.  Distribution  Beginning before Death: If the Participant dies after
he begins to receive  benefits,  any benefits that remain  undistributed  at his
death  shall be  distributed  at least as rapidly as the method of  distribution
being used at the time of his death.

         b.  Distribution  Beginning after Death: If the Participant dies before
he begins to receive benefits, payment of the survivor benefit shall commence no
later than one year after the date of the  Participant's  death. As an exception
to this rule, if the designated  Beneficiary is the Surviving Spouse,  the later
of the calendar year in which the Participant  dies, or the Surviving Spouse may
elect to have  payments  commence  on or before  December 31 of the later of the
calendar year in which the  Participant  died, or the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.

         9.06  Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown.

         a. When a distribution is payable to a Participant or Beneficiary,  the
Plan  Administrator  shall make all  reasonable  efforts to locate that  person.
These  efforts  shall include (i) sending a registered  letter,  return  receipt
requested,  to the  person's  last known  mailing  address,  and (ii)  sending a
written  request to any person shown in the Employer's  records as a relative or
other person to contact, asking for information regarding the whereabouts of the
Participant or Beneficiary.

         b. If the Plan  Administrator is unable to locate the person within six
months  from  the  date  a  certified   letter  was  mailed  to  him,  the  Plan
Administrator  shall  direct  the  Trustee to  maintain  the  Participant  as an
inactive  Participant.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  continue to maintain the
Participant  in  inactive  status  until (i) the person  entitled to the benefit
makes an  application  for it, or (ii) the  benefit  reverts  by  escheat to the
State, whichever occurs first.

         9.07  Facility of  Payment.  If the Plan  Administrator  finds that any
person  to whom a  benefit  is  payable  from the Fund is unable to care for his
affairs  because of  illness or  accident,  any  payment  due may be paid to the
Spouse,  a child, a parent,  or a brother or sister,  or to any person deemed by
the Plan  Administrator to have incurred expense for the person,  unless a prior
claim  for  the benefit has been made by a duly appointed guardian, committee or
other  legal  representative.  Any such payments will be a complete discharge of
any liability under the Plan.

                                      -45-

<PAGE>


         9.08  Eligible Rollover Distributions.

         a. Application of Section.  This Section applies to distributions  made
on or after  January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding  any provision of the Plan to the
contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this Section,
a distributee  may elect,  at the time and in the manner  prescribed by the Plan
Administrator,  to have any portion of an eligible  rollover  distribution  paid
directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct
rollover.

         b. Definitions.

                   i.  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution:   An  eligible rollover
                       distribution  is any  distribution  of all or any portion
                       of  the balance to the credit of the distributee,  except
                       that an eligible  rollover distribution does not include:
                       any distribution that is one of a series of substantially
                       equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annual-
                       ly) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distri-
                       butee or the joint lives (or joint life  expectancies) of
                       the distributee and  the distributee's  designated  Bene-
                       ficiary, or for a specified  period of ten years or more;
                       any  distribution  to  the   extent  such distribution is
                       required  under  Section  401(a)(9) of  the Code; and the
                       portion  of any  distribution  that is not  includable in
                       gross income (determined  without regard to the exclusion
                       for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
                       securities).

                  ii   Eligible Retirement Plan: An eligible  retirement plan is
                       an  individual  retirement  account  described in Section
                       408(a)  of  the  Code, an individual  retirement  annuity
                       described   in   Section  408(b) of the Code,  an annuity
                       plan  described  in Section  403(a)  of  the  Code,  or a
                       qualified  trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code,
                       that  accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distri-
                       bution.  However,  in  the  case  of an eligible rollover
                       distribution to the Surviving Spouse, an eligible retire-
                       ment  plan  is an individual retirement account or indiv-
                       idual retirement annuity.

                 iii.  Distributee: A distributee includes an Employee or former
                       Employee.    In addition,  the  Employee's  or former 
                       Employee's  Surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former
                       Employee's  Spouse  or former Spouse who is the Alternate
                       Payee  under  a  Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order, as
                       defined  in  Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees
                       with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former 
                       Spouse.
                                      -46-

<PAGE>

                  iv.  Direct  Rollover:  A direct  rollover is a payment by the
                       Plan  to  the  eligible  retirement plan specified by the
                       distributee.

                                      -47-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                                    FINANCING
                                    ---------

         10.01 Fund.  The  funding of the Plan and payment of benefits  shall be
provided  for  through  the  medium  of the Fund held by the  Trustee  under the
provisions of the Trust  Agreement,  which is deemed to form a part of the Plan.
All rights or  benefits  which may accrue to any person  under the Plan shall be
subject to the Trust Agreement.  The names of the current Trustees are available
from the Secretary of the Employer. The contributions of the Employer,  together
with any  income,  gains,  or profits,  less  distributions  and  losses,  shall
constitute the Fund. The Employer shall determine the form and terms of any such
Trust  Agreement,  and may  modify  the  Trust  Agreement  from  time to time to
accomplish the purposes of the Plan, and may remove any Trustee.

         10.02  Contributions  to the Plan. The Employer  intends to make,  from
time  to  time,  such  contributions  to the  Fund  as  determined  by the  Plan
Administrator.  Expenses of the Plan, unless paid by the Employer, shall be paid
out of the assets of the Fund. There are no Employee contributions to the Plan.

         10.03 Funding Policy. The Plan Administrator  shall establish a written
funding  policy and method  consistent  with the  objectives of the Plan and the
requirements  of Title I of ERISA.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  review  such
funding  policy  and  method  at  least  annually.  In  its  actions,  the  Plan
Administrator  shall  endeavor to determine the Plan's  short-term and long-term
objectives  and financial  needs,  taking into account the need for liquidity to
pay benefits and the need for investment growth. All actions under this Section,
including  the  supporting  reasons,  shall be  recorded  in writing by the Plan
Administrator and communicated to the Trustee and Board of Directors.

         10.04 Return of Employer Contributions. Contributions shall be returned
to the Employer by the Trustee,  if the Plan Administrator  certifies in writing
to the Trustee that one or more of the following circumstances exists:

         a.  If the  Employer  made a  contribution  by  mistake  of  fact,  the
contribution shall be returned to the Employer within one year after its payment
to the Trustee.

         b.  If  the  Employer  made  the   contribution   conditioned   on  the
qualification  of the Plan under the Code,  and if the Plan  receives an adverse
determination with respect to its initial qualification,  the contribution shall
be returned to the Employer  within one year after such final  determination  as
described in Section 16.05(a), but only if the application for the determination
is made by the time  prescribed by law for filing the  Employer's tax return for
the  taxable  year in which  the Plan was  adopted,  or such  later  date as the
Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

                                      -48-

<PAGE>

         c. To the extent that a deduction for a contribution  under Section 404
of the Code is disallowed,  the  contribution  shall be returned to the Employer
within  one  year after the  disallowance  (or within one year after the date a
court  decision  upholding  the  disallowance  becomes final).

With  respect to the return of  contributions  occasioned  by the  circumstances
listed in subsections  (a) and/or (c) above,  the amount which shall be returned
to the  Employer  is the excess of the amount  contributed  over the amount that
would  have  been  contributed  had there not  occurred  a mistake  of fact or a
mistake  in  determining  the  deduction.  Earnings  attributable  to the excess
contribution shall not be returned to the Employer,  but losses  attributable to
the contribution must reduce the amount to be returned.

                                      -49-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 ADMINISTRATION
                                 --------------

         11.01  Plan Administrator.

         a. The Plan Administrator shall be the named fiduciary for the Plan and
shall be responsible for the  management,  operation and  administration  of the
Plan.

         b. The Board of  Directors  shall  have the  authority  to  appoint  an
individual or other entity, or a committee consisting of three members to be the
Plan  Administrator,  and to  fill  any  vacancies  which  occur,  in  its  sole
discretion. Any appointee is subject to removal by the Board of Directors at any
time,  and may resign at his own volition upon 10 days prior  written  notice to
the Board of Directors.  If at any time there is no appointed Plan Administrator
because  vacancies have not been filled,  the Board of Directors shall be deemed
the Plan Administrator.  Names of all current appointees shall be available from
the Secretary of the Employer.

         c. If the Plan  Administrator  is a  committee,  any act that this Plan
authorizes or requires the Plan  Administrator to do may be done at a meeting of
the committee by a majority of the members then voting.

         d. The Board of Directors  will appoint a chairman and a secretary  and
such other agents and  representatives  of the pension  committee as it may deem
advisable  (see Section  11.05).  In its  relationship  with the Trustee and any
insurance company or companies on any matter or thing included in this Plan, one
member of the  committee may be authorized by it to sign or execute any document
on its  behalf.  The  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  will  certify to the
Trustee and to such insurance company or companies the name and signature of the
member of the committee who is so authorized.

         e. The Plan Administrator will serve without  compensation for services
as such, but all the Plan Administrator's expenses shall be paid by the Employer
(see Section 11.11).

         f. The Board of Directors,  in its sole discretion,  may also designate
the Trustee as the Plan Administrator.  Any such designation shall be valid only
if the Trustee  acknowledges  responsibility  for the management,  operation and
administration  of the Plan in writing.  Thereafter,  all references in the Plan
and Trust to the Plan Administrator  shall mean the Trustee unless and until the
Board of Directors  appoints a different Plan  Administrator  in accordance with
this Section.

                                      -50-

<PAGE>

         11.02  Fiduciary and Administrative Duties

         a. The Plan Administrator shall have the following powers,  duties, and
responsibilities,  which it may  retain or  delegate  among the  below-mentioned
bodies:

         i.  Powers,  duties, and responsibilities of administration which shall
             be delegable to an administrator;

        ii.  Powers, duties, and responsibilities of custody and disbursement of
             the assets of the Fund, which  shall be delegable to  the  Trustee,
             the administrator, or an insurance company, and

       iii.  Powers,  duties,  and responsibilities of investment which shall be
             delegable  to  the  Trustee, an investment advisor, or an insurance
             company.

The Plan Administrator may appoint an administrator,  an investment  advisor, or
an insurance  company,  and review or  redelegate  the exercise of these powers,
duties and responsibilities at any time.

         b. As provided in Section 10.03, the Plan  Administrator will prescribe
a funding policy for the Plan.

         11.03  General Powers and Discretion of Plan Administrator.

         a. The Plan Administrator shall have all powers necessary to administer
the Plan in accordance with its terms,  including the power to construe the Plan
and determine all questions that arise under it.

         b.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision in the Plan,  and to the full
extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator  shall have exclusive  authority
and  discretion to  interpret,  construe and apply all of the terms of the Plan,
including  any  uncertain or disputed  term or  provision in the Plan.  The Plan
Administrator's  authority and discretion shall include, but not limited to, the
following:

                   i.  Determining and deciding all questions of law and/or fact
                       that arise under the Plan;

                  ii.  Determining  whether  any  individual is eligible for any
                       benefits under this Plan; and

                 iii.  Determining the amount of benefits, if any, an individual
                       is entitled to under this Plan.

                                      -51-

<PAGE>

         c. The Plan  Administrator's  exercise of  discretionary  authority  to
interpret, construe and apply the terms of the Plan, and all its determinations,
interpretations and applications shall:

                   i.  Be binding  upon  any  individual claiming benefits under
                       this Plan,  including,  but  not limited to, the Partici-
                       pant,  the Participant's estate, any Beneficiary of the 
                       Participant, and any Alternate Payees; 

                  ii.  Be given  deference in all courts of law, to the greatest
                       extent allowed by applicable law; and

                 iii.  Not be overturned or set aside by any court of law unless
                       found  to  be  arbitrary  and  capricious, or made in bad
                       faith.

         d. If the  discretionary  authority in subsection (c) is exercised with
respect to an individual who is a member of the pension committee, the authority
shall  be  exercised  solely  and  exclusively  by  the  other  members.  If the
individual  is the  only  Plan  Administrator  at the  time,  the  discretionary
authority  shall be  exercised  by the Board of  Directors,  not  including  the
affected individual if he is also a member of the Board of Directors.

         e. Any  discretionary  actions  of  the  Plan Administrator or Board of
Directors  shall  be  taken  in a manner that does not  discriminate in favor of
Highly Compensated Employees.

         11.04  Administration of the Fund.

         a. The Trustee shall be  responsible  for the management and investment
of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Trust agreement.

         b.  Directives  of the  Plan  Administrator  to the  Trustee  shall  be
delivered in writing, and properly signed.

         11.05  Delegation of Powers.

         a. When the Plan Administrator  appoints assistants or representatives,
it  may  delegate  to  them  any  powers  and  duties,   both   ministerial  and
discretionary,  as it deems  expedient  or  appropriate  (except as  provided in
Section 11.06).

         b. Any appointment  under  this  Section or Section 11.06 shall be made
pursuant to a signed, written instrument.

                                      -52-

<PAGE>

         11.06  Appointment of Professional Assistants and Investment Managers.

         a. The Plan Administrator may engage accountants, attorneys, physicians
and such other  professional  personnel as it deems necessary or advisable.  The
Plan  Administrator  may also appoint one or more investment  managers to manage
all or any of the assets of the Trust, including the power to acquire or dispose
of assets. However, the appointment of an investment manager must be approved by
the Board of Directors,  and the investment  manager must acknowledge in writing
that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. An investment  manager can only
be a party that is either (i)  registered  as an  investment  adviser  under the
Investment  Advisers Act of 1940,  (ii) a bank, as defined in that Act, or (iii)
an insurance  company  qualified  to manage,  acquire and dispose of Plan assets
under the laws of more than one State.

         b. The functions of persons engaged under this Section shall be limited
to the specific  services  and duties for which they are  engaged.  Such persons
shall have no other duties,  obligations or  responsibilities  under the Plan or
Trust,  and shall  exercise no discretion  regarding the management of the Plan.
Unless  engaged  specifically  as an  investment  manager,  such a person  shall
exercise no authority or control  respecting  management or  disposition  of the
assets of the Trust.

         c.  The  fees  and  costs  of  services   under  this  Section  are  an
administrative  expense  of the Plan to be paid out of the  Fund,  except to the
extent paid by the Employer.

         11.07  Records.  All acts and  determinations  with respect to the Plan
shall be duly  recorded.  All  such  records  and  other  documents  that may be
necessary for the  administration  of the Plan shall be preserved in the custody
of the Plan Administrator (or its appointed assistants or representatives).

         11.08 Notice of Rollover  Treatment.  When making a qualifying rollover
distribution  within the meaning of Code Section 402(a),  the Plan Administrator
shall provide to the recipient a written explanation of:

                   i.  The circumstances under which such distribution will not
                       be  subject  to tax if transferred to an eligible retire-
                       ment plan (as defined in Code Section  402(a))  within 60
                       days after the date on which the recipient  receives the 
                       distribution; and 

                  ii.  If  applicable, the income  averaging  provisions of Code
                       Section 402(e).

         11.09  Responsibility  of Fiduciaries.  The Plan  Administrator and any
assistant or representative,  other than any Investment  Manager,  shall be free
from all  liability for acts and conduct in the  administration  of the Plan and
Trust, except for acts of willful misconduct. 

                                      -53-

<PAGE>

However, the preceding sentence shall not relieve any fiduciary from any respon-
sibility,  obligation or duty that the fiduciary may have pursuant to ERISA.

         11.10  Indemnity by Employer.  To the extent not insured  against by an
applicable  insurance  policy,  and to the extent permitted by law, the Employer
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan  Administrator and its assistants and
representatives  from  any and all  claims,  demands,  suits or  proceedings  in
connection with the Plan or Trust that may be brought against them, provided the
individual  or entity  being  indemnified  is/was an  employee,  or committee of
employees, of the Employer.

         11.11  Payment  of Fees and  Expenses.  To the extent  consistent  with
ERISA,  the Plan  Administrator  and  assistants and  representatives,  shall be
entitled to payment from the Fund for all reasonable costs, charges and expenses
incurred in the administration of the Plan and Trust. This includes,  but is not
limited to,  reasonable  fees for accounting,  legal and other services,  to the
extent incurred in the performance of duties under the Plan and Trust, except to
the extent that the fees and costs are paid by the Employer. Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan or Trust, no person who is a "disqualified  person,"
within the meaning of Code Section  4975(e)(2)  and who receives  full-time  pay
from the Employer  shall receive  compensation  from the Trust Fund,  except for
reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred.

         11.12 ERISA Reporting and Disclosure.  The Plan Administrator  shall be
responsible  for the  performance  of all reporting and  disclosure  obligations
under ERISA.

         11.13 Service  of Legal Process.   The  Plan Administrator shall be the
designated agent of the Plan for service of legal process.

         11.14 Claim for Benefits.  Any claim for benefits by a  Participant  or
Beneficiary shall be made in writing to the Plan Administrator.

         11.15 Denial of Claim.

         a. If the Plan  Administrator  denies  a claim in whole or in part,  it
shall send the  Participant or Beneficiary  ("claimant") a written notice of the
denial.

         b. The Plan  Administrator  shall send the denial notice within 90 days
after the date it receives a claim,  unless it needs additional time to make its
decision.  In that case, the Plan Administrator may authorize an extension of up
to an additional  90 days,  if it notifies the claimant of the extension  within
the initial 90-day period.  The extension notice shall state the reasons for the
extension and the expected decision date.

         c. The denial  notice  shall be written  in a manner  calculated  to be
understood by the claimant and shall contain:

                                      -54-

<PAGE>

                  i.   The  specific  reason  or  reasons  for the denial of the
                       claim;

                 ii.   Specific  reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which
                       the denial is based;

                iii.   A description of any  additional  material or information
                       necessary to perfect the claim,  with an  explanation  of
                       why the  material or information is necessary; and

                 iv.   An  explanation  of the  review  procedures  provided  by
                       sections 11.16 and 11.17.

         11.16 Request for Review of Denial.

         a. Within 60 days after the claimant  receives a denial notice,  he may
file a request for review with the Plan Administrator.  Any such request must be
made in writing.

         b. A claimant who timely requests review shall have the right to review
pertinent documents,  to submit additional information and written comments, and
to be represented.

         11.17 Review Decision.

         a. The Plan Administrator shall send the claimant a written decision on
any request for review that it receives.

         b. The Plan Administrator shall send the review decision within 60 days
after the date it receives a request for review,  unless an extension of time is
needed, due to special  circumstances.  In that case, the Plan Administrator may
authorize an extension of up to an additional 60 days,  provided it notifies the
claimant of the extension within the initial 60-day period.

         c. The review  decision  shall be written in a manner  calculated to be
understood by the claimant and shall contain:

                   i.  The  specific  reason  or  reasons  for the decision; and

                  ii.  Specific  reference to the pertinent  Plan  provisions on
                       which the decision is based.

         d. If the  Plan  Administrator  does not  send  the  claimant  a review
decision within the applicable time period,  the claim shall be deemed denied on
review.

                                      -55-

<PAGE>

         e. The review decision (including a deemed decision) shall be the final
decision of the Plan.

                                      -56-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII

                             LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS
                             -----------------------


         12.01  General Rules.

         a.  Incorporation  of Code  Section  415: In  addition to the  specific
provisions  of this  Article,  the terms of Code  Section  415 and  implementing
Regulations   are  hereby   incorporated  by  reference  and  shall  govern  the
determination of the Maximum Retirement Benefits of all Participants.

         b.  Aggregation  of Employers  and Plans:  As further set forth in this
Article and Code  Section 415,  the Maximum  Retirement  Benefit is an aggregate
limitation that applies to this Plan and any other plans,  described below, that
are  maintained  by the  Employer  or an  Affiliated  Employer.  Therefore,  for
purposes  of  this  Article,   all  qualified  defined  benefit  plans,  whether
terminated  or not,  ever  maintained  by the  Employer  shall be treated as one
defined  benefit plan, and all qualified  defined  contribution  plans,  whether
terminated  or not,  ever  maintained  by the  Employer  shall be treated as one
defined  contribution  plan. Any required  employee  contributions  to a defined
benefit  plan  shall be treated as annual  additions  to a defined  contribution
plan.  However,  the annual  additions for  Limitation  Years  beginning  before
January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all employee  contributions  as
annual additions.

         12.02 Code Section 415  Limitations.  For  Limitation  Years  beginning
after December 31, 1986, the Annual Benefit  payable to a Participant  shall not
exceed the Maximum  Retirement Benefit for any Limitation Year. If the benefit a
Participant  would otherwise accrue would produce an Annual Benefit in excess of
the Maximum Retirement Benefit,  the rate of accrual will be reduced so that the
Annual Benefit will equal the Maximum Retirement Benefit.

         a. Annual  Benefit  means a retirement  benefit  under the Plan that is
payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.

                   i.  The  Annual  Benefit   does  not  include  any   benefits
                       attributable to employee contributions.

                  ii.  A benefit payable in a form  other  than a straight  life
                       annuity  must  be adjusted to an  Actuarially  Equivalent
                       straight  life annuity before applying the limitations of
                       this  Article.  For  Limitation  Years  beginning  before
                       January 1, 1995,  such  Actuarially  Equivalent  straight
                       life annuity is equal to the greater of the annuity bene-
                       fit  computed  using  the interest  rate specified in the
                       Plan  for  adjusting  benefits in the same form or 5 per-
                       cent.  For  Limitation Years beginning after December 31,
                       1994,  the  Actuarially  Equivalent straight life annuity

                                      -57-
<PAGE>

                       is equal to the greater of the annuity  benefit  computed
                       using  the  interest  rate and mortality table (or other
                       tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting bene-
                       fits in the same form, and the annuity benefit  computed 
                       using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the Appli-
                       cable  Mortality  Table (defined  in  Section  2.03(c) of
                       the  Plan).  In  determining  the Actuarially  Equivalent
                       straight  life annuity  for  a  benefit form other than a
                       nondecreasing  annuity  payable  for a period of not less
                       than  the  life of  the Participant (or, in the case of a
                       Pre-Retirement Survivor  Annuity, the life of the surviv-
                       ing  spouse),  the  Applicable  Interest Rate (defined in
                       Section 2.09 of the Plan) will be  substituted  for "a 5 
                       percent  interest  rate  assumption"  in  the  preceding 
                       sentence.  

         b. Maximum Retirement Benefit means the lesser of:

                   i.  The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation; or

                  ii.  The  Participant's  highest  average  compensation.   For
                       purposes  of  the preceding  sentence,  "highest average 
                       compensation"  means  the average Limitation Year Compen-
                       sation  for  the three consecutive  Limitation Years that
                       produces the highest  average for the  Participant.  The 
                       actual  number  of  Limitation  Year  shall  be  used for
                       Participants  who  have been employed for less than three
                       consecutive  Limitation  Years. In the case of a Partici-
                       pant  who  has separated from service,  the Participant's
                       highest  average  compensation  will  be  automatically  
                       adjusted by multiplying such  compensation by the cost of
                       living  adjustment  factor prescribed by the Secretary of
                       the  Treasury under Code Section 415(d)  in  such  manner
                       as  the Secretary shall prescribe. The adjusted compensa-
                       tion  amount  will  apply  to  Limitation  Years ending 
                       within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment.

         c. Actuarial Increase of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation: In the case
of a benefit  that begins  after the  Participant  attains  his Social  Security
Retirement  Age,  the  Defined  Benefit  Dollar  Limitation,  as  reduced  under
subsection  (e)  if  necessary,   shall  be  actuarially  increased,  using  (in
Limitation  Years beginning before January 1, 1995) an interest rate that is the
lesser of five percent or the interest rate specified in the first  paragraph of
Section 2.03.  For  Limitation  Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1994,  the
equivalent annual benefit  beginning after Social Security  Retirement age shall
be determined as the lesser of the equivalent  annual benefit computed using the
interest rate and mortality  table (or other  tabular  factor)  specified in the
Plan for purposes of determining  actuarial  equivalence for delayed  retirement
benefits,  and the equivalent annual benefit computed using a 5 percent interest
rate assumption and the Applicable Mortality Table as defined in Section 2.03(c)
of the Plan.

                                      -58-
<PAGE>


         d. Actuarial Decrease of Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation:

                   i.  If the Annual Benefit of the Participant commences before
                       the  Participant's  Social  Security  Retirement Age, but
                       on or after age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation
                       as  reduced  under subsection  (e) if necessary, shall be
                       determined as follows:

                         A.  If  a  Participant's  Social  Security  Retirement 
                             Age  is  65,  the  dollar limitation for benefits  
                             commencing on or after age 62 is determined by re-
                             ducing the Defined  Benefit  Dollar  Limitation by 
                             5/9 of one percent for each month by which benefits
                             commence before the month in which the  Participant
                             attains age 65.

                         B.  If a Participant's Social  Security  Retirement Age
                             is greater than 65, the dollar limitation for bene-
                             fits commencing on or after age 62 is determined by
                             reducing the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation by 
                             5/9 of one percent for each of the first 36 months 
                             and 5/12 of one percent for each of the  additional
                             months (up  to  24  months)  by  which  benefits  
                             commence  before  the  month  of  the Participant's
                             Social Security Retirement Age.

                  ii.  If the Annual Benefit of a Participant commences prior to
                       age  62, the  Defined  Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be
                       the actuarial equivalent of the  Defined  Benefit  Dollar
                       Limitation  for age 62, as determined  above, reduced for
                       each month by which benefits commence before the month in
                       which  the  Participant attains age 62. To determine act-
                       arial  equivalence  in Limitation Years that begin before
                       January 1, 1995,  the interest rate  assumption  shall be
                       the  greater of the rate specified in the first paragraph
                       of  Section 2.03 or five percent.  For  Limitation  Years
                       that  begin  after  December 31, 1994, the annual benefit
                       beginning  prior  to age 62 shall  be  determined  as the
                       lesser  of the equivalent  annual benefit  computed using
                       the interest  rate  and mortality table (or other tabular
                       factor)  equivalence for early  retirement  benefits, and
                       the equivalent  annual benefit computed using a five per-
                       cent  interest rate and  the Applicable  Mortality  Table
                       as defined in Section  2.03(c) of the Plan.  Any decrease
                       in  the adjusted Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation deter-
                       mined  in accordance with this  subsection (ii) shall not
                       reflect  any mortality decrement to the extent that bene-
                       fits   will  not  be  forfeited  upon  the  death  of the
                       Participant.

                                      -59-
<PAGE>

         e.       Reduction of Maximum Retirement Benefit:

                   i. If a Participant has less than ten Years of Participation,
                       the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied
                       by  a  fraction,  the numerator of which is the number of
                       Years  of  Participation  (or  part  thereof), and  the  
                       denominator  of  which is ten. To the extent  provided in
                       Regulations  or  othe  guidance issued  by  the  Internal
                       Revenue Service,  he preceding  sentence shall be applied
                       separately  with  respect  to  each change in the benefit
                       structure of the Plan.

                  ii. If the Participant has less than ten Years of Service, the
                       compensation  limitation  in  subsection (b)(ii) shall be
                       multiplied  by  a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                       Participant's number  of Years of Service (or part there-
                       of), and the denominator of which is ten.

                 iii.  The  adjustments of this  subsection (e) shall be applied
                       in the denominator of the Defined Benefit  Fraction based
                       upon Years of Service. For purposes of computing the De-
                       fined  Benefit  Fraction only,  Years  of  Service  shall
                       include future Years of Service (or part thereof) commen-
                       cing  before  the Participant's  Normal  Retirement  Age.
                       Such  future  years  shall include the year that contains
                       the  date  the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age,
                       only  if  it  can  reasonably  be  anticipated  that  the
                       Participant  will  receive  a  Year of Service  for  such
                       year, or the  year in  which  the Participant  terminates
                       employment, if earlier.

         12.03  Deemed Satisfaction of Maximum Retirement Benefit Limitation.

                   i.  The Maximum Retirement Benefit limitation shall be deemed
                       satisfied  if the aggregate Annual Benefits  payable to a
                       Participant under this Plan and all other defined Benefit
                       plans of the Employer do not exceed $10,000.

                  ii.  This deeming provision shall apply to a Participant if he
                       has not at any time  participated in a defined  contribu-
                       tion  plan  maintained by the  Employer  (or in a welfare
                       benefit  pla n under Code Section 419(e) or an individual
                       medical account under Code Section  415(l)(2)).  For pur-
                       poses  of  this subsection,  a defined  benefit plan that
                       provides for  employee  contributions, which  are treated
                       as annual additions,  does not constitute the maintenance
                       of a separate defined contribution plan maintained by the
                       Employer.

                                      -60-
<PAGE>

         12.04    Maximum Retirement Benefit for Multiple Plans.

         a. Multiple  Defined  Benefit  Plans:  If a  Participant  has ever been
covered under more than one defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the
sum of the  Participant's  Annual  Benefits from all such plans shall not exceed
the Maximum  Retirement  Benefit.  The Employer  shall reduce and, if necessary,
freeze the accrual of benefits  under this Plan to the extent  necessary to meet
this limitation.

         b. Defined Benefit Plan and Defined  Contribution  Plan: For Limitation
Years beginning  before January 1, 2000, if a Participant is or has been covered
by a defined  contribution plan maintained by the Employer  (including a welfare
benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e) or an individual medical account
as defined in Code  Section  415(l)(2)),  the sum of the  Participant's  Defined
Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution  Fraction, as defined below, shall not
exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.

                   i.  Defined Benefit  Fraction:  The  numerator of the Defined
                       Benefit  Fraction is the sum of the  Participant's  "pro-
                       jected  annual benefits" under all defined benefit plans 
                       of  the Employer (whether  or not terminated). The denom-
                       inator is  the lesser of 1.25 times the dollar limitation
                       determined for  the Limitation Year under Sections 415(b)
                       and  (d)  of the  Code  and  in  accordance  with Section
                       12.02(e) above, or 1.4 times the  Participant's  "highest
                       average compensation,"  including any  adjustments  under
                       Section  415(b) of  the  Code. In determining the Defined
                       Benefit Fraction:

                         A.  "Projected annual benefit" means the annual retire-
                             ment benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
                             straight life annuity, if such benefit is expressed
                             in  a  form other than a straight life annuity,  or
                             qualified  joint and survivor annuity) to which the
                             Participant  would  be  entitled under the terms of
                             the Plan,  assuming that:  (1) The Participant will
                             continue  employment  until  Normal  Retirement Age
                             under  the Plan (or current age, if later), and (2)
                             The  Participant's  Compensation  for  the  current
                             Limitation  Year  and  all other  relevant  factors
                             used to determine benefits under the Plan will 
                             remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

                         B.  "Highest average compensation" is defined in 
                             Section 12.02(b)(ii).

                         C.  Notwithstanding  the  preceding  provisions,  if a
                             Participant was  a  Participant as of the first day
                             of  the  first  Limitation  Year  beginning  after 
                             December 31, 1986  in a defined benefit plan  main-
                             tained  by  the Employer  which was in existence on
                             May 6, 1986,  the denominator of the fraction  will

                                      -61-

<PAGE>

                             not  be  less  than  125  percent of the sum of the
                             annual benefits under such plan, which the Partici-
                             pant  had accrued as of the close of the last Limi-
                             tation Year beginning  before January 1, 1987, dis-
                             regarding  any  changes in the terms and conditions
                             of the Plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding  sen-
                             tence applies  only  if  any  such  defined benefit
                             plans,  individually  and in the aggregate,  satis-
                             fied the  requirements  of Code Section 415 for all
                             Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

                  ii.  Defined  Contribution  Fraction:  The  numerator  of  the
                       Defined  Contribution  Fraction  is  the  sum  of the  
                       annual  additions  to  the Participant's  accounts  under
                       all defined  contribution  plans  (whether o  not termi-
                       nated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all
                       prior  Limitation  Years.  The  denominator is the sum of
                       the "maximum  aggregate  amounts" for the current and all
                       prior Limitation  Years  of Service  with  the  Employer 
                       regardless of  whether a defined  contribution  plan was 
                       maintained  by the  Employer.  In determining the Defined
                       Contribution Fraction:

                         A.  "Maximum aggregate amount" means the lesser of (1) 
                             125  percent of  the defined  contribution  dollar
                             limitation,  determined  in  accordance  with Code 
                             Sections  415(c) and (d), or (2) 35 percent of the 
                             Participant's Limitation Year Compensation for such
                             year.

                         B. If the Participant was a Participant as of the first
                             day  of  the  first Limitation Year beginning after
                             December 31,  1986, in one or more defined  contri-
                             bution  plans of the Employer,  which were in exis-
                             tence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of the fraction
                             will be adjusted if the sum of this  fraction and 
                             the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed
                             1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjust-
                             ment,  an  amount  equal to the  product of (1) the
                             excess of the sum of the fractions over  1.0  times
                             (2)  the  denominator  of  this  fraction  will  be
                             permanently  subtracted  from the  numerator of the
                             fraction.  The  adjustment is calculated using  the
                             fractions  as  they  would  be  computed  as of the
                             end  of the  last Limitation Year beginning  before
                             January 1, 1987,  and  disregarding  any changes in
                             the  terms  and  conditions  of the plan made after
                             May 5, 1986, but using the code Section 415 limita-
                             tion applicable to the first Limitation Year begin-
                             ning on or after January 1, 1987.

                                      -62-

<PAGE>

                 iii.  Adjustment:  If the sum of the Defined  Benefit  Fraction
                       and the Defined  Contribution  Fraction  exceeds  1.0  in
                       any  Limitation   Year   for   a  Participant,   the Plan
                       Administrator  shall  adjust the numerator of the Defined
                       Benefit  Fraction,  so  that the sum of the fractions for
                       the  Participant  does  not  exceed 1.0 in any Limitation
                       Year.

                  iv.  Super  Top-Heavy  Rules: In  applying the above rules, if
                       the  Plan i s a Super  Top-Heavy  Plan, the  denominators
                       of both the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined Con-
                       tribution  Fraction  shall  be  adjusted  as provided  in
                       Article XV.

         12.05  Exceptions to the Maximum Retirement Benefit Limitation.

         a.  The  Maximum  Retirement  Benefit  of  a  Participant,  who  was  a
Participant  in one or more  defined  benefit  plans of the  Employer on July 1,
1982, shall not be less than the Participant's  Accrued Benefit as of the end of
the last Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1983.

         b.  The  Maximum  Retirement  Benefit  for  a  Participant,  who  was a
Participant in one or more defined benefit plans of the Employer as of the first
day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, shall not be
less than the Participant's  "Current Accrued Benefit," as defined in subsection
(c) below. The preceding sentence applies only if such defined benefit plans met
the  requirements of Section 415 of the Code, for all Limitation Years beginning
before January 1, 1987.

         c. "Current  Accrued  Benefit" means a Participant's  Accrued  Benefit,
determined as if the  Participant  had separated from service as of the close of
the last Limitation Year beginning  before January 1, 1987, when expressed as an
Annual Benefit.  In determining  the amount of a  Participant's  Current Accrued
Benefit, changes in the Plan and cost-of-living adjustments that occur after May
5, 1986 shall be disregarded.

         d. In the case of a Participant  who was a  Participant  in one or more
defined  benefit plans of the Employer as of January 1, 1995, the application of
the limitations of this Article shall not cause the Maximum  Retirement  Benefit
for the  Participant  under all such defined  benefit  plans to be less than the
individual's  accrued  benefit  under the terms of the plan as of  September  1,
1997,  taking into account the  limitations of Code Section 415, as in effect on
December 7, 1994, but disregarding any Plan amendments increasing benefits after
September 1, 1997 and any cost of living adjustments that become effective after
September 1, 1997. For purposes of this Section, a Participant's accrued benefit
as of September 1, 1997 is not increased after that date, but if the limitations
of Code  Section  415,  as in  effect on  December  7,  1994,  are less than the
limitations that were applied to determine the Participant's  accrued benefit as
of September 1, 1997,  then the  Participant's  accrued  benefit as of that date
will be reduced in  accordance  with such  reduced  limitation.  If, at any date
after September 1, 1997, the Participant's total Plan benefit, before

                                      -63-

<PAGE>


the  application  of Code  Section 415, is less than the  Participant's  accrued
benefit as of September 1, 1997,  the benefit as of that date will be reduced to
the  Participant's  total  Plan  benefit.   Determinations  under  Code  Section
415(b)(2)(E)  that are made before January 1, 1995 shall be made with respect to
a  Participant's  benefit as of  September  1, 1997 on the basis of Code Section
415(b)(2)(E) as in effect on December 7, 1994, and the provisions of the Plan as
in effect on that date, but only to the extent such  provisions of the Plan meet
the requirements of Code Section 415(b)(2)(E) as so in effect.

         12.06 Increases in the Maximum Retirement Benefit.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing of this Article XII, and to the extent  permitted by Code Section 415,
the Maximum  Retirement Benefit shall be increased each Plan Year beginning July
1, 1995 to reflect  cost-of-living  adjustments  in the  limits  imposed by Code
Section 415. In no event, however,  shall the benefit payable to or on behalf of
a Participant exceed the benefit which is otherwise payable under the Plan.

                                      -64-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                       QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
                       -----------------------------------

         13.01 General.  Notwithstanding  the restriction against alienation and
assignment stated in Article XVI, the Plan  Administrator  shall comply with the
terms of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

         13.02 Required  Provisions.  A Domestic  Relations Order is a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order only if it clearly specifies:

         a. The name and the last known mailing address (if any) of the Partici-
pant  an  the  name and  mailing  address of each Alternate Payee covered by the
order;

         b. The amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits that the Plan
shall  pay to each  Alternate  Payee,  or the  manner  in which  the  amount  or
percentage is to be determined;

         c. The number of payments or period to which the order applies; and

         d. Each plan to which the order applies.

Notwithstanding the preceding  provisions,  a Domestic Relations Order that does
not provide  the  specified  address  information  can be a  Qualified  Domestic
Relations Order, if the Plan  Administrator  has the necessary  information from
other sources.

         13.03  Prohibited Provisions. A Domestic Relations Order is a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order only if it:

         a. Does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or
any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan, except as stated in Section 
13.04 below;

         b. Does not require the Plan to provide increased  benefits  determined
on the basis of actuarial value; and

         c. Does not require the payment of benefits to an Alternate  Payee that
are  required to be paid to another  Alternate  Payee under an order  previously
determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

                                      -65-

<PAGE>

         13.04  Exception for Certain Payments Made after Earliest Retirement Ag

         a. A Domestic  Relations  Order shall not be treated as failing to meet
the requirements of Section 13.03(a),  solely because the order requires payment
to an Alternate Payee:

                   i.  In the case  of any  payment  before  a  Participant  has
                       separated from service, on or after the date on which the
                       Participant  attains  (or  would  have  attained)  the 
                       "earliest  retirement age" as  defined  in subsection (b)
                       below;

                  ii.  As if the Participant  had  retired  on the date on which
                       payment is to begin under the order; and

                 iii.  In any form in which  benefits may be paid under the Plan
                       to the Participant.

         b. For purposes of this Section,  the term  "earliest  retirement  age"
means the earlier of:

                   i.  The  date  on which the Participant is entitled to a dis-
                       tribution under the Plan; or

                  ii.  The later of:

                         A.  The date the Participant attains age 50; or

                         B.  The  earliest  date  on which  he Participant could
                             receive  Plan  benefits  if  he  had separated from
                             service with the Employer.

         13.05  Plan Procedures with Respect to Domestic Relations Orders.

         a. The Plan  Administrator  shall apply the procedures in this Article,
and may adopt  additional  appropriate  procedures,  to determine  the qualified
status of Domestic Relations Orders it receives and to administer  distributions
under Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         b. The Plan  Administrator  shall promptly  notify the  Participant and
each Alternate Payee of the receipt of the Domestic Relations Order, and provide
them  with  copies  of the  procedures  the  Plan  will use in  determining  the
qualified  status of the order. If addresses are not specified in the order, the
Plan  Administrator  shall send  notices to the last  known  addresses  of these
parties.  The Participant and any Alternate Payee may designate a representative
to receive copies of future communications from the Plan Administrator regarding

                                      -66-

<PAGE>

the order,  by submitting a written request to the Plan Administrator.

         c. Within a  reasonable  period  after  receiving a Domestic  Relations
Order, the Plan Administrator shall determine whether it is a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order and shall notify the  Participant,  each Alternate Payee and any
designated representatives of the determination.

         d.  During the period in which the issue of  qualified  status is being
determined by the Plan Administrator,  by a court of competent jurisdiction,  or
otherwise, the Plan Administrator shall separately account for the amounts which
would have been  payable to the  Alternate  Payee during the period if the order
had been determined to be a Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order.  The separate
accounting  is  for  recordkeeping  and a  segregation  of  Fund  assets  is not
required.  The  separately  accounted  amounts shall be treated in the following
manner:

                   i.  If the Domestic Relations Order (or a modification of it)
                       is determined  to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
                       within  18 months of the date on which the first  payment
                       would  be  required  to be made under the order, the Plan
                       Administrator  shall  pay  the  amounts  (including  any 
                       interest)  to  the person or persons entitled to the pay-
                       ment.

                  ii.  If the Domestic Relations Order is determined not to be a
                       Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order or the issue is not
                       resolved,  within  the 18-month  period  specified above,
                       the Plan  Administrator  shall pay the amounts (including
                       any  interest)  to  the  person or persons who would have
                       been  entitled to the amounts if there had been no order.
                       In  applying this provision,  the Plan Administrator  may
                       delay  payments  for the full  18-month  period,  even if
                       an earlier determination of non-qualified status is made,
                       if the Plan Administrator has notice that the parties are
                       attempting to remedy the order's deficiencies.

                 iii.  Any  determination of qualified status that is made after
                       the  close  of  the 18-month period shall be applied pro-
                       spectively only.

                                      -68-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                        AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION
                        ---------------------------------

         14.01 Amendment.

         a. The Board of Directors  of NBT  Bancorp,  Inc. may amend the Plan at
any time,  and from time to time,  pursuant to written  resolutions  and written
amendments.  However, no amendment shall have the effect of reducing the Accrued
Benefit  of any  Participant,  except  to the  extent  permitted  under  Section
412(c)(8) of the Code.

         b. For purposes of this Section,  a Plan  amendment that has the effect
of (i) eliminating or reducing an early retirement  benefit or a retirement-type
subsidy,  or (ii)  eliminating  an  optional  form of benefit,  with  respect to
benefits  attributable  to  service  before the  amendment,  shall be treated as
reducing Accrued Benefits.

         c. In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, subsection (b) shall apply
only with respect to a  Participant  who satisfies  (either  before or after the
amendment)  the  preamendment   conditions  for  the  subsidy.   In  general,  a
retirement-type  subsidy is a subsidy that continues after retirement,  but does
not include qualified  disability benefits, a medical benefit, a Social Security
supplement, or a death benefit (including life insurance).

         d. No  amendment  to the Plan  shall have the  effect of  decreasing  a
Participant's  vested interest determined without regard to such amendment as of
the later of the date such amendment is adopted, or becomes effective.

         14.02  Termination of Plan and Trust.

         a. The Employer  contemplates that the Plan shall be permanent and that
the Employer shall be able to make contributions to the Plan.  Nevertheless,  in
recognition of the fact that future conditions and  circumstances  cannot now be
entirely  foreseen,  the Board of Directors of NBT  Bancorp,  Inc.  reserves the
right to terminate either the Plan, or both the Plan and the Trust, at any time,
pursuant to written resolutions and written amendments.

         b. If the Board of Directors of NBT Bancorp, Inc. makes a determination
to  terminate  the Plan and  Trust,  they  shall  be  terminated  as of the date
specified in certified copies of resolutions delivered to the Plan Administrator
and the Trustee.

         14.03 Benefits upon Termination and Partial  Termination.  In the event
of a termination or partial termination of the Plan, any affected  Participant's
Accrued  Benefit  shall be  nonforfeitable  as of the date of such  event to the
extent funded. On termination of the Plan, the Trustee will liquidate the assets
held in the  Fund.  After  payment  of all  expenses  of  liquidation,  the Plan
Administrator shall allocate the remainder of the Fund assets among Participants

                                      -68-

<PAGE>

and Beneficiaries entitled to benefits,  and cause them to be distributed by the
Trustee, in  accordanc  with  Section  4044  and other applicable  provisions of
ERISA.  Any residual  assets  of the Plan remaining after  the above  allocation
and  distribution  shall  revert to the  Employer, provided that all liabilities
of the Plan have been satisfied.

         14.04  Restriction of Benefits to Certain Highly Compensated Employees.

         a. In  General:  In the event of Plan  termination,  the benefit of any
Highly   Compensated   Employee   shall  be  limited   to  a  benefit   that  is
nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).

         b. Before January 1, 1992: For Plan Years  beginning  before January 1,
1992,  Employer  contributions  to the Plan  shall be  restricted,  pursuant  to
subsection (c) below, if:

                  (i)  The  contributions  may be used to  benefit any of the 25
                       Highly  Compensated  Employees with the greatest  Limita-
                       tion Year  Compensation, whose anticipated Annual Benefit
                       exceeds $1,500, and

                 (ii)  Within  10 years of its  establishment,  (A) the Plan  is
                       terminated or (B) the benefits of any Highly Compensated 
                       Employee,  described in (i) above, become payable.

         c.  Restriction:   As  required  by  subsection  (b)  above,   Employer
contributions  shall not exceed the greater of (i) $20,000 or (ii) 20 percent of
the first $50,000 of the Highly  Compensated  Employee's  Compensation times (A)
the number of years from the date the Plan was established  until,  (B) the date
the Plan is terminated or the date the benefits become payable under  subsection
(b)(ii)(B) above, whichever is applicable.

         d. After  December 31, 1991:  Except as provided in (i) and (ii) below,
for Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1992, the annual  payments to a
Participant who is one of the 25 Highly Compensated  Employees with the greatest
Limitation Year  Compensation  are restricted to an amount equal to the payments
that would be made on behalf of the Participant under a single life annuity that
is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of the Participant's  Accrued Benefit and
other Plan  benefits,  within the  meaning  of  Regulation  1.401(a)(4)-5(b)(3).
However, benefits need not be restricted if:

                  (i)  After  payment  of all  benefits  to the  group of Highly
                       Compensated Employees  described in subsection (b) above,
                       the value of the Plan assets  equals or exceeds  110 per-
                       cent of the value of current  liabilities,  as defined in
                       Code Section 412(l)(7); or

                                      -69-

<PAGE>

                 (ii)  The  value of  the  benefits  for  said  group of  Highly
                       Compensated  Employees  is  less  than  one  percent  of 
                       the  value  of  current liabilities.

For purposes of this Section,  "benefit"  includes loans in excess of the amount
set forth in Code Section  72(p)(2)(A),  any  periodic  income,  any  withdrawal
values payable to a living Employee,  and any death benefits not provided for by
insurance on the Employee's life.

         e.  Notwithstanding  the  restrictions in subsection (b), an Employee's
benefit  may be  distributed  in full  upon his  depositing  with an  acceptable
depository,  property  having a fair  market  value  equal to 125 percent of the
amount  which  would be  repayable  had the Plan  terminated  on the date of the
distribution.  If the fair market value of the property  held by the  depository
falls below 110 percent of the amount  which would be repayable if the Plan were
then to  terminate,  additional  property  necessary  to bring  the value of the
property  held by the  depository  up to 125  percent  of such  amount  shall be
deposited.

         14.05 Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of Assets. Neither the Plan nor
the Trust may be merged  with any other plan or trust  unless  each  Participant
would receive a benefit immediately after the merger that is equal to or greater
than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive  immediately  before the
merger, if the Plan had then terminated. The preceding sentence shall also apply
to a consolidation or transfer of assets.

                                      -70-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XV

                             TOP-HEAVY REQUIREMENTS
                             ----------------------


         15.01  General Rules.

         a.  Notwithstanding  any other Plan  provisions  to the  contrary,  the
Top-Heavy  Rules of this  Article  shall  become  effective  for any  Plan  Year
beginning  after  December 31, 1983 in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy  Plan.  The
provisions of Section 416 of the Code and  implementing  Regulations  are hereby
incorporated by reference and control the application of this Article.

         b. As stated in Article II in  defining  "Compensation,"  not more than
$200,000  of  Compensation  (adjusted  by the  Adjustment  Factor) is taken into
account  under the Plan for a  Participant,  for any Plan Year  beginning  after
December 31, 1988. This $200,000 limitation,  without any adjustment, shall also
apply for any earlier Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy.

         c. As further set forth in this Article (and the Code and Regulations),
the Top-Heavy Rules mean that:

                   i.  Whether the Plan is Top-Heavy,  or  Super Top-Heavy shall
                       be  determined  by  finding the Top-Heavy Ratio in accor-
                       dance with Section 15.02.

                  ii.  If the Plan is  Top-Heavy  or Super Top-Heavy  for a Plan
                       Year, the Minimum Vesting Schedule in Section 15.03 shall
                       become  applicable  and  Non-Key  Employees must accrue a
                       Minimum Required Benefit as provided in Section 15.04.

                 iii.  If the  Plan  is Super  Top-Heavy  for a Plan  Year,  the
                       provisions  of  Section 15.05 shall apply in  determining
                       the  Maximum  Retirement Benefit under Article XII if the
                       Employer also maintains a defined  contribution plan.

         d.  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions or any other provisions of
the Plan,  the  requirements  in  Sections  15.03  and 15.04  shall not apply to
Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

                                      -71-

<PAGE>

         15.02  Determination of Top-Heaviness.

         a. Top-Heavy Plan:  The Plan shall be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for a
Plan  Year if the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 60 percent, applying the principles in
subsection (c).

         b. Super Top-Heavy Plan: The Plan shall be considered a Super Top-Heavy
Plan for a Plan Year if the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  exceeds 90 percent,  applying the
principles in subsection (c).

         c.  Top-Heavy  Ratio:  The  Top-Heavy  Ratio  shall  be  determined  in
accordance with the following principles.

                   i.  Determination Date:  The Top-Heavy Ratio is determined as
                       of  the  Determination Date, which is the last day of the
                       preceding Plan Year (except for the first Plan Year). For
                       example, if the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 60 percent on the
                       last day of the 1989 Plan Year, the Plan is Top-Heavy for
                       the 1990 Plan Year.

                  ii.  Valuation  Date:  Benefits shall be valued as of the most
                       recent valuation date during the twelve-month period end-
                       ing on the Determination Date.

                 iii.  Prior  Distributions:   The  present  value of an Accrued
                       Benefit  includes any  distribution  with  respect to the
                       Participant  during  the  five-year  period ending on the
                       Determination Date. This  includes distributions to Bene-
                       ficiaries  and  distributions  before  the 1984 Plan Year
                       when the Top-Heavy Rules became effective.

                  iv. Key Employee Status: As defined in Article II, an Employee
                       is  considered  a Key Employee if he is a Key Employee at
                       any time during the Plan Year  containing the  Determina-
                       tion  Date  or  the  four  preceding Plan Years. If a Key
                       Employee  ceases to be a Key Employee but continues to be
                       employed,  he  will  be  treated  as a  Non-Key  Employee
                       after  the  last  year  in which  he must be considered a
                       Key Employee  under the preceding  sentence.  As of that 
                       date,  his Accrued Benefits will be disregarded in compu-
                       ting the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio

                   v.  Required Aggregation  of Plans:  If the Plan is part of a
                       Required  Aggregation  Group, the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  must
                       be  determined  by considering all plans in  the group. A
                       Required  Aggregation  Group  consists  of  all qualified
                       plans of  the  Employer and  any  Affiliated  Employer in
                       which at least one  Key  Employee participates or partic-
                       ipated   at  anytime  during  the determination period 
                       
                                      -72-

<PAGE>
                       (regardless  of whether the plan has terminated), and any
                       other  plans  that  enable  a plan with a Key Employee to
                       satisfy  the  nondiscrimination  rules of Section  401(a)
                       (4) or Section 410 of the Code.

                         A. Except as may otherwise be allowed under the permis-
                            sive  aggregation  rule of  subsection  (vi)  below,
                            each  plan  in  the group  shall be  considered Top-
                            Heavy if the Top-Heavy  Ratio for the group exceeds 
                            60 percent.  Conversely, if the  Top-Heavy  Ratio is
                            60  percent   or  less,  no  plan  in  the  Required
                            Aggregation Group shall be considered Top-Heavy.

                         B. If the Employer (or an  Affiliated  Employer)  main-
                            tains  one  or  more  defined benefit  plans and the
                            Employer (or an  Affiliated  Employer)  maintains or
                            has  maintained  one  or  more defined  contribution
                            plans  (including  any  simplified employee  pension
                            plan)  which  during  the  five-year  period  ending
                            on  the  Determination  Date(s) has  or  has had any
                            account  balances,  the    Top-Heavy  Ratio  for any
                            Required or Permissive  Aggregation Group as approp-
                            riate  is  a fraction, the numerator of which is the
                            sum of  the  present value of accrued benefits under
                            the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all
                            Key Employees,  determined as  above,  and  the  sum
                            of  account  balances  under the aggregated  defined
                            contribution plan or  plans  for  all Key  Employees
                            as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator
                            of  which is the sum of the present value of accrued
                            benefits under the defined  benefit  plan  or  plans
                            for all Participants, determined  as above,  and the
                            account  balances  under  the  aggregated  defined
                            contribution  plan  or plans for all Participants as
                            of  the  Determination  Date(s), all  determined  in
                            accordance  with  Code  Section  416  and  the Regu-
                            lations thereunder.  The  account  balances  under a
                            defined  contribution plan in both the numerator and
                            denominator of the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  are  increased
                            for  any distribution  of an account balance made in
                            the  five-year  period  ending  on the Determination
                            Date.  Actuarial assumptions  must be identical  for
                            all  defined  benefit  plans  tested  for  Top-Heavy
                            purposes.

                         C. For  Top-Heavy purposes, the  accrued  benefit  of a
                            Participant  other  than  a  Key  employee  shall be
                            determined   under  (I)  the  method,  if any,  that
                            uniformly  applies  for  accrual  purposes under all
                            defined  benefit  plans   maintained by the Employer
                            (or an Affiliated Employer),  or (II) if there is no
                            such  method, as  if  such  benefit accrued not more
                            rapidly  than  the  slowest  accrual rate  permitted
                            under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)
                            (C).

                                      -73-

<PAGE>

                  vi. Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may, but is not
                      required to, determine the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  on the basis
                      of a  Permissive Aggregation Group.

                        A.  A Permissive Aggregation Group consists of all plans
                            in  a  Required  Aggregation Group, plus other plans
                            that  satisfy  the nondiscrimination requirements of
                            Code  Sections  401(a) (4) and 410,  when considered
                            with the Required Aggregation Group.

                        B. If the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation
                            Group is 60 percent or less, no plan in the group is
                            Top-Heavy.  If the Top-Heavy  Ratio is greater than 
                            60 percent, the Top-Heavy Rules apply to those plans
                            that are part of the  Required  Aggregation  Group, 
                            but not to the other plans  which  were permissively
                            aggregated.

                  vii. Transfer  Amounts:  Rollover amounts and any plan-to-plan
                       transfer  amounts  held  under any other  plan,  shall be
                       taken  into  account in determining  the  Top-Heavy Ratio
                       only if required by the following rules:

                         A. If a transfer is initiated by the Employee and made 
                            between plans maintained by different employers, the
                            transferring plan continues to count the transferred
                            amount under the rules for  counting  distributions.
                            The  receiving  plan does not count the amount if  
                            accepted after  December  31,  1983,  but does count
                            the  amount if accepted prior to January 1, 1984.

                         B. If  the transfer is not initiated by the Employee or
                            if  it  is  made  to  a  plan maintained by the same
                            employer,  the  transferring  plan  shall  no longer
                            count  the amount transferred and the receiving plan
                            shall count the amount transferred.

                         C. For   purposes   of   this  subsection,   Affiliated
                            Employers shall be treated as the same employer.

         15.03  Vesting in Employer Contributions under a Top-Heavy Plan.

         a. Except as provided in Section  15.01(d),  for any Plan Year that the
Plan must be  considered  Top-Heavy,  a  Participant's  vested  interest  in his
Accrued  Benefit  derived from  Employer contributions  shall  be  determined in

                                      -74-

<PAGE>

accordance with the  following  Minimum Vesting Schedule rather than the vesting
schedule  in Article V. As an exception, the Participant  shall remain under his
previous  vesting schedule to the extent provided in Article V.

         b. The Minimum Vesting Schedule is:

                  Years of Service                      Vested Percentage
                  --------------------------------------------------------

                  Less than 3 years                           0%
                  3 years or more                             100%

         c. Once  applicable  for a Plan  Year,  the  Minimum  Vesting  Schedule
applies  to  benefits  accrued  before  and  after  the  Plan  became  Top-Heavy
(including  benefits  that accrued  before the 1984 Plan Year when the Top-Heavy
Rules became effective).
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

                   i.  Accrued  Benefits  of  a Participant who does not have an
                       Hour  of  Service  after the Plan becomes Top-Heavy shall
                       not be subject to the Minimum Vesting Schedule; and

                  ii.  Accrued  Benefits  which were  forfeited  before the Plan
                       became Top-Heavy do not vest.

         d. The vesting schedule in Article V shall again become  applicable for
benefits  that accrue  during Plan Years after the Plan ceases to be  Top-Heavy.
However, if this change in vesting schedule occurs:

                   i.  The  vested  percentage of a Participant in benefits that
                       accrued before  the Plan ceased to be Top-Heavy shall not
                       be reduced; and

                  ii.  Participants described in Section 5.04 shall be given the
                       option  to  remain  under  the Minimum Vesting  Schedule,
                       even  for  Plan  Years  after  the Plan is no longer Top-
                       Heavy,  in  accordance  with  the procedures described in
                       that Article.

         15.04  Minimum Required Benefit.

         a.  In General:  Except  as  provided  in Section 15.01(d), if the Plan
becomes  Top-Heavy,  the  Accrued Benefit  derived  from  Employer contributions
of a Non-Key Employee must at least equal the Minimum Required Benefit described
in this Section.

                                      -75-

<PAGE>

         For a Top-Heavy  Plan Year,  the  requirement  applies to each  Non-Key
Employee with 1000 or more Hours of Service in the Accrual  Computation  Period,
even though the Non-Key  Employee  would not otherwise have received an accrual,
or would have received a lesser  accrual  because (i) his  Compensation  is less
than a specified  level,  or (ii) he is not employed on the last day of the Plan
Year.

         b. Minimum Required Benefit Formula:  The Minimum Required Benefit is a
benefit,  provided  solely by Employer  contributions  (and not integrated  with
Social Security  benefits) which, when expressed as a life annuity commencing at
Normal Retirement Age, equals the lesser of:

                   i.  Two  percent  of the Participant's Top-Heavy Average Com-
                       pensation multiplied by the Participant's Top-Heavy Years
                       of Service; or

                  ii.  20 percent of the Participant's Top-Heavy Average Compen-
                       sation.

         c. Definitions:  In applying the formula in subsection (b):

                   i.  Top-Heavy Years of Service  means Years of  Service,  but
                       disregarding  any Vesting  Year of Service  completed  in
                       a  Plan Year  beginning before 1984,  or any Vesting Year
                       of  Service  if  the  Plan was not Top-Heavy for any Plan
                       Year ending during that Vesting Year of Service.

                  ii.  Top-Heavy Average Compensation means Limitation Year Com-
                       pensation, averaged  over the period of five  consecutive
                       calendar  years (or fewer if the total years which can be
                       considered  under  this  subsection  is less  than  five)
                       which  produces  the  highest average.  To determine this
                       period, the following are excluded:

                         A.  Years for which the Non-Key Employee did not earn a
                             Vesting Year of Service;

                         B.  Years ending within a Plan Year beginning before 
                             January 1, 1984;

                         C.  Years excluded from Top-Heavy Years of Service; and

                         D.  Years  beginning  after the close of the last Plan 
                             Year in which the Plan was Top-Heavy.

                                      -76-

<PAGE>

         d.  Employer-Derived  Benefits:  All accruals of benefits  derived from
Employer contributions,  whether or not attributable to Plan Years for which the
Plan is Top-Heavy shall be considered in determining  whether a Non-Key Employee
has an Accrued Benefit which equals the Minimum Required Benefit.

         e. Non-Key Employee in Defined Contribution Plan: If a Non-Key Employee
participates in this Plan and a defined contribution plan included in a Required
Aggregation  Group that is  Top-Heavy,  the Minimum  Required  Benefit  shall be
provide under this Plan.  For any Plan Year when the Plan is Top-Heavy,  but not
Super Top-Heavy, the Minimum Required Benefit for such Non-Key Employee shall be
determined by substituting three percent for two percent,  and 30 percent for 20
percent, in the formula in subsection (b) above.

         15.05  Maximum Annual Benefit under a Super Top-Heavy Plan.

         a. If the Plan is Super  Top-Heavy for any Plan Year, then for purposes
of the Code  Section  415  limitation,  described  in  Article  XII,  the dollar
limitations  in the  denominators  of the Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction and the
Defined Contribution Fraction shall each be multiplied by 1.0, not 1.25.

         b.  If  the  reduction  to 1.0  under  subsection  (a)  would  cause  a
Participant  to exceed the combined  limit on  contributions  and benefits under
Code Section 415, the  application  of  subsection  (a) shall be suspended as to
such  Participant  until  such  time  as  he  no  longer  exceeds  the  combined
limitation,  as modified by subsection (a). During such a suspension period, the
Participant will not accrue any benefits under this or any other defined benefit
plan of the Employer and or receive  contributions  (or  forfeitures)  under any
defined contribution plan of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer.

                                      -77-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XVI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

         16.01  No Alienation or  Assignment.  The right of any  Participant  or
Beneficiary  to any  benefit  or  payment  under the Plan or Trust  shall not be
subject to voluntary or involuntary transfer, alienation or assignment. Further,
to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  the right  shall not be  subject to
attachment,  execution,  garnishment,  sequestration or other legal or equitable
process. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary attempts to assign,  transfer
or dispose of a right  under the Plan,  or if any attempt is made to subject the
right to such process, the assignment, transfer or disposition shall be null and
void.

         16.02 Adoption of Plan by Another Employer. Any other employer, whether
an Affiliated  Employer or not, may, with the approval of the Board of Directors
of  NBT  Bancorp,   Inc.,  adopt  this  Plan  pursuant  to  appropriate  written
resolutions of its board of directors.  The adopting employer shall also execute
such documents with the Trustee as may be necessary to make the other employer a
party to the Trust.  As part of its  adopting  resolutions,  the other  employer
shall  delegate  authority  to amend  and  terminate  the  Plan to the  Board of
Directors of NBT  Bancorp,  Inc. The  National  Bank and Trust  Company,  by its
adoption and  execution of this  document,  is deemed to have made the foregoing
delegation.

         16.03 Status of Employment  Relations.  The adoption and maintenance of
the Plan and Trust  shall not be deemed to  constitute  a contract  between  the
Employer  and its  Employees or to be  consideration  for, or an  inducement  or
condition of, the employment of any person.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall
be deemed (a) to give to any  Employee the right to be retained in the employ of
the Employer, (b) to affect the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge
any  Employee  at any time,  (c) to give the  Employer  the right to require any
Employee  to remain in its  employ,  or (d) to affect  any  Employee's  right to
terminate his employment at any time.

         16.04 Benefits  Payable by Trust.  All Benefits  payable under the Plan
shall be paid or provided  for solely from the Trust.  The  Employer  assumes no
liability or responsibility for the payments.

         16.05 Failure of Qualification.

         a.  The  establishment  of  the  Plan  and  Trust  by the  Employer  is
contingent upon obtaining the initial  approval of the Internal Revenue Service.
Notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan, in the event that the Internal
Revenue Service fails to approve the Plan, the Trustee shall liquidate the Trust
by paying all expenses and  returning  all  remaining  assets to the Employer as
soon as administratively  feasible.  In no event shall this process be completed
later than one year after the date of the final denial of  qualification  of the
Plan,  including the final resolution of any appeals before the Internal Revenue
Service or the courts.  The Trust shall terminate upon completion of these "wind
up" procedures.

                                      -78-

<PAGE>

         b. Contributions  shall be returned to the Employer pursuant to Section
10.04(b).

         16.06  Increases  in  Social  Security  Benefits.  Increases  in Social
Security  benefits  or the  taxable  wage  base  subsequent  to a  Participant's
termination of employment or Retirement  shall not cause a reduction in benefits
under the Plan.

         16.07 Headings Not Part of This Plan. Headings of Articles and Sections
are inserted only for  convenience of reference,  and shall not be considered in
construing the Plan.

         16.08  Gender  and  Number.  Unless  the  context  clearly  requires  a
different  meaning,  the use of the  masculine  pronoun  includes  the  feminine
gender, and the singular number includes the plural (and vice versa).

         16.09 Applicable Law. The Plan and Trust shall be construed, regulated,
interpreted and administered  under and in accordance with the laws of the State
of New York, unless preempted by federal law.

               NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A.  have caused this Plan to be
signed by duly authorized officers on this 
                                                        
13th            day of       November                           1998.
- ---------------        ----------------------------------------



                                        NBT BANCORP, INC.

                                        By:  /S/  John D Roberts                

                                        Title: Vice President and Secretary


                                        NBT BANK, N.A.

                                        By: /S/  Jane E Neal

                                        Title: Senior Vice President








                                                           0383167.01  10/26/98



                                      -79-

<PAGE>





         
                                  EXHIBIT 10.4
          NBT BANCORP INC. 1999 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
































<PAGE>

                                                            January 26, 1999













                                NBT BANCORP INC.

                                Norwich, New York

                   1999 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN



<PAGE>


                                NBT BANCORP INC.

                                Norwich, New York

                   1999 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                   ------------------------------------------

                                Table of Contents


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Introduction.................................................................1-2
Incentive Plan
- --------------
Section I - Definitions........................................................3
Section II - Participation.....................................................4
Section III - Activating the Plan..............................................4
Section IV - Calculation of Awards.............................................4
Section V - President's Special Recommendations................................4
Section VI - Distribution of Awards............................................5
Section VII - Plan Administration..............................................6
Section VIII - Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination..............6
Section IX - Effective Date....................................................6
Section X - Employer Relations with Participants...............................6
Section XI - Governing Law.....................................................6

Incentive Plan Participants...........................................Appendix A
Distribution of Awards................................................Appendix B


<PAGE>


                                NBT BANCORP INC.

                                Norwich, New York


                                  Introduction
                                  ------------

It is important to examine the benefits which accrue to the organization through
the operation of the Executive  Incentive  Compensation  Plan.  The Plan impacts
directly on senior and middle management - those critical to the  organization's
success - and its purpose can be summarized as follows:



     *    Provides  Motivation:  The  opportunity for incentive awards  provides
          executives with the impetus to "stretch" for challenging,  yet attain-
          able, goals.



     *    Provides Retention:   by enhancing the organization's competitive com-
          pensation posture.



     *    Provides  Management Team Building:  by  making  the  incentive a ward
          dependent  on  the  attainment  of organization  goals, a "team orien-
          tation" is fostered among the participant group.



     *    Provides Individual  Motivation:  by making a portion of the incentive
          award  dependent on  the attainment of individual goals, a participant
          is  encouraged  to  make  significant  personal  contribution  to  the
          corporate effort.



     *    Provides  Competitive  Compensation  Strategy:  The  implementation of
          incentive  arrangements is competitive  with current  practice  in the
          banking industry.




                                       -1-

<PAGE>

Highlights of the 1999  Executive  Incentive  Compensation  Plan included in the
following pages are as follows:

     1.   The Plan  is  competitive  compared with similar sized banking organi-
          zations and the banking industry in general.


     2.   The Compensation Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  controls  all
          aspects of the Plan.


     3.   Management employees are eligible for participation.


     4.   The financial criteria  necessary for Plan operation consist of Return
          on  Average  Assets (25% Weight) and Return of Equity (50% Weight) and
          Profit Improvement (25% Weight).


     5.   Incentive  distributions will be made during the first  quarter of the
          year following the Plan Year.


     6.   Incentive  awards  will  be based on  attainment  of  corporate goals.
          Total  incentive Awards contain  both Corporate and Individual compon-
          ents; the corporate component awarded by virtue of corporate  perform-
          ance  related to corporate  goals and the individual component awarded
          by virtue of individual performance   related   to  individual  goals.
          Component percentages are shown in Appendix B.


     7.   Incentive distributions will be based on the matrix in Appendix B.
















                                       -2-
<PAGE>


                                NBT BANCORP INC.

                                Norwich, New York

The Board of Director of NBT Bancorp Inc. has  established  this 1999  Executive
Incentive  Compensation  Plan.  The  purpose  of the Plan is to meet and  exceed
financial  goals and to promote a superior level of performance  relative to the
bank's competition in its market area. Through payment of incentive compensation
beyond base  salaries,  the Plan  provides  reward for meeting and exceeding the
bank's financial goals.


SECTION I - DEFINITIONS

     Various terms used in the Plan are defined as follows:


     Base Salary:  the  base  salary at the end of the Plan year,  excluding any
          bonuses, contributions  to employee benefit programs,  or other compe-
          sation not designated as salary.


     Board of Directors:  The Board of Directors of NBT Bancorp Inc.


     President & CEO: President and CEO of NBT Bancorp Inc.


     Corporate Goals:  Those  pre-set objectives and goals which are required to
          activate distribution of awards under the Plan.


     Individual Goals:  Key objectives mutually agreed upon between participants
          and superior, and approved by the CEO.


     Compensation  Committee:  The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
          Directors of the Bank.


     Plan Participant:  An  eligible  employee  of  the  bank designated  by the
          President & CEO and  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee  for 
          participation for the Plan Year.


     Plan Year:  The 1999 calendar year.




                                       -3-

<PAGE>

SECTION II - ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE

To be  eligible  for an award  under the  Plan,  a Plan  participant  must be an
officer  in the  full-time  service  of the bank at the  start  and close of the
calendar  year and at the time of the award unless the CEO by special  exception
recommends to the Compensation Committee a special arrangement for a newly hired
executive  who may be  designated  by the CEO and  approved by the  Compensation
Committee as eligible for an award as determined in the employment agreement.  A
Plan participant must be in the same or equivalent position, at year end as they
were when named a  participant  or have been  promoted  during the course of the
year, to be eligible for an award. If a Plan participant  voluntarily leaves the
employ of the bank prior to the payment of the award,  he/she is not eligible to
receive an award.  However,  if the active full-time service of a participant in
the Plan is terminated by death, disability,  retirement,  or if the participant
is on an approved leave of absence,  the President  should recommend an award to
such a participant  based on the  proportion of the Plan year that he/she was in
active service with the bank.


SECTION III - ACTIVATING THE PLAN

The operation of the Plan is  predicated  on attaining and exceeding  management
performance goals. The goals will consist of return on average assets, return on
shareholders'  equity,  and profit  improvement.  The Corporation must achieve a
minimum net income set forth in  Appendix B to trigger an award  pursuant to the
terms of this plan.


SECTION IV - CALCULATION OF AWARDS

The Compensation Committee designates the incentive formula as shown in Appendix
B. The actual  rate of  distribution  is based  upon  Company  performance.  The
Compensation  Committee will make final  decisions with respect to all incentive
awards and will have final  approval over all incentive  awards.  The individual
participant  data regarding  maximum award and formulas used in calculation  has
been customized and appears as Appendix A.


SECTION V - PRESIDENT'S SPECIAL RECOMMENDATIONS

The President & CEO will recommend to the Compensation  Committee the amounts to
be awarded to individual participants in the incentive Plan. The President & CEO
may  recommend  a change  beyond  the  formula  to a bonus  award  (increase  or
decrease)  to an  individual  participant  by a  specified  percentage  based on
assessment of special  individual  performance  beyond the individual goals. The
Compensation  Committee may amend the President & CEO's bonus award.  The amount
of the  adjustment is from 0%-20% of the actual award.  No award will be granted
to an officer whose performance is unacceptable.





                                       -4-

<PAGE>

SECTION VI - DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS

Unless a  participant  elects the  deferred  option  outlined  in the  following
paragraph,  distribution  of awards will be made during the first quarter of the
year following the Plan year.  Distribution  of the bonus award must be approved
by the Compensation Committee.

A  participant  may elect by written  notice to the Committee at any time during
the month of  December  of the Plan Year  preceding  the year to which the award
relates to have all or a portion of his award  deferred  (Deferred  Award).  Any
such election shall be irrevocable except unforeseeable financial emergency.

Any  portion  of  participant's  award  that is  deferred  shall  bear  interest
commencing  on the Award Date based on the lowest  balance in the  participant's
account during the month,  as if invested at an annual rate equal to the highest
annual rate offered at NBT on any customer deposit account in effect on the last
day of the preceding  calendar  year.  Interest shall be computed  monthly,  and
credited to the participant's account as of the last day of each calendar month.

The  Deferred  Award  shall be paid in five  (5)  annual  installments  upon the
participant's  ceasing to be  actively  employed  by the Company for any reason.
Payment  shall begin on the 31st day of January  following the year in which the
participant  ceases  to be  actively  employed  with  the  Company.  However,  a
participant  with  the  consent  of  the  Committee,  prior  to  termination  of
employment,  may elect in  writing  to have the  aggregate  amount in his or her
Deferred Award Account paid to him or her in a lump sum on a designated date.

Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of
this Plan shall  create or be  constructed  to create a trust of any kind,  or a
fiduciary  relationship  between NBT and the participant,  his or her designated
beneficiary  or any other person,  nor shall the  participant  or any designated
beneficiary  have any  preferred  claim on,  any  title  to,  or any  beneficial
interest in, the assets of NBT or the payments  deferred  hereunder prior to the
time such  payments are actually paid to the  participant  pursuant to the terms
herein. To the extent that the participant, his or her designated beneficiary or
any person  acquires a right to receive  payments from NBT under this Plan, such
right shall be no greater than the right of any  unsecured  general  creditor of
NBT.

The intent of this Section of the Plan is to create a voluntary,  non-qualified,
unfunded,  deferred executive  incentive  compensation Plan which will defer the
deduction of such incentive  compensation for tax purposes by NBT and which will
correspondingly  defer the  recognition of such  compensation by the participant
until such  compensation  is actually paid. It is therefore  intended,  and this
Plan shall be construed and where necessary  modified,  so that the participants
shall not be deemed to have constructively received such deferred compensation.

In the event of death,  any approved  award earned under the  provisions of this
plan will become payable to the beneficiary designated under this Plan; or if no
such designation,  to the designated  beneficiary of the participant as recorded
under the bank's  group life  insurance  program;  or in the  absence of a valid
designation, to the participant's estate.




                                       -5-

<PAGE>

SECTION VII - PLAN ADMINISTRATION

The Compensation  Committee shall,  with respect to the Plan have full power and
authority to construe,  interpret and manage,  control and administer this Plan,
and to pass and decide upon cases in conformity  with the objectives of the Plan
under such rules as the Board of Directors of the bank may establish.

Any decision made or action taken by the Bank,  the Board of  Directors,  or the
Compensation   Committee   arising   out  of,  or  in   connection   with,   the
administration,  interpretation,  and  effect  of the  Plan  shall  be at  their
absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all parties. No member
of the Board of Directors, Compensation Committee, or employee of the bank shall
be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by
a Plan participant or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with
the  administration  of the Plan  have been  delegated  in  accordance  with the
provision of the Plan.

SECTION VIII - AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION

The bank  reserves  the right,  by and through its Board of  Directors to amend,
modify, suspend, reinstate or terminate all or part of the Plan at any time. The
Compensation  Committee will give prompt  written notice to each  participant of
any amendment,  suspension or termination  or any material  modification  of the
Plan. In the event of a merger or  acquisition,  the Plan and related  financial
formulas will be reviewed  and, if  necessary,  revised to take into account the
financial status of any merged institution.

SECTION IX - EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

The effective date of the Plan shall be January 1, 1999.

SECTION X - EMPLOYER RELATION WITH PARTICIPANTS

Neither  establishment  nor the  maintenance  of the Plan shall be  construed as
conferring  any  legal  rights  upon  any   participant  or  any  person  for  a
continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of an employer
to discharge any  participant or otherwise  deal with him/her  without regard to
the existence of the Plan.

SECTION XI - GOVERNING LAW

Except to the extent  pre-empted  under federal law, the  provisions of the Plan
shall be construed,  administered  and enforced in accordance  with the domestic
internal law of the State of New York.  In the event of relevant  changes in the
Internal Revenue Code, related rulings and regulations, changes imposed by other
regulatory  agencies  affecting  the continued  appropriateness  of the Plan and
awards made  thereunder,  the Board may, at its sole  discretion,  accelerate or
change the manner of payments of any unpaid  awards or amend the  provisions  of
the Plan.





                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                           --------------------------
                   FOR OFFICERS OF NBT BANCORP & SUBSIDIARIES
                   ------------------------------------------
                               ELECTION AGREEMENT
                               ------------------

I, _____________________________,  hereby elect |_| to |_| not to participate in
the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan for  Officers of NBT with respect to Executive
Incentive  Compensation  (EICP) awards which I may receive for the calendar year
of __________.  I hereby elect to defer the payment of _________  (________%) of
the EICP award which I would otherwise be entitled to receive.

                   |_|     Please  defer  payment of the  percentage  of my EICP
                           award  specified  above  until  the  earlier  of  the
                           following dates:

                   |_|     Until ___________________(Specify date which may not 
                           be later than the date on which I will retire).

                   |_|     Until the date of my death.

                   |_|     Begin   annual   payments  of  deferred   balance  on
                           __________________ in the amount of 1/5th the balance
                           each year until the  balance has been paid in full (5
                           year payout).

                   |_|     Because  terms  of the  plan  have  changed  since my
                           election to defer EICP awards,  please discontinue my
                           deferral election and:

                   |_|     Roll my  eferred account proceeds into the  following
                           account at the institution indicated:

                           -----------------------------------------------------

                           -----------------------------------------------------

                   |_|     Please pay me out in cash, the balance of my account,
                           at this time.

                   |_|     I hereby designate the following person or persons as
                           beneficiary hereunder in the event of my death:

                   Primary Beneficiary _________________________________________
                   Secondary Beneficiary _______________________________________


                   I hereby revoke any prior  election that may be  inconsistent
                   with the above.

I acknowledge that I have reviewed the plan and understand that my participation
will be subject to the terms and  conditions  contained  in the plan.  Words and
phrases used in this Election  Agreement shall have the meanings assigned by the
plan.

Dated this ________ day of _________, 199_.

__________________________________________

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 10.16
       Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT BANCORP INC. and (Director).

<PAGE>

                           RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
                           --------------------------
                                     BETWEEN
                                     -------
                          NBT BANCORP INC. AND DIRECTOR
                          -----------------------------


         AGREEMENT  made  as of  January 1, 1999 by and between NBT Bancorp Inc.
("Company") and  ("Participant"):

         WHEREAS,  the  Participant  is a Director of the Company  and, as such,
receives an annual retainer fee in addition to fees for meeting attendance.  The
Company and  Participant  agree that the  Participant is entitled to receive the
retainer fee in Company Stock subject to the conditions specified below.

         THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises  and  covenants
contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1.       Award of Shares.
Under the terms of this  Agreement,  the Company has awarded the  Participant  a
Restricted stock award on January 1, 1998 ("Award Date"), covering 125 shares of
NBT Bancorp  Inc.  Common  Stock,  with a fair market  value equal to  $3,016.25
(annual director's retainer),  subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions
set forth in this agreement.

2.       Award Restrictions.
The shares covered by restricted  stock award shall vest in accordance  with the
schedule set forth below:

     Full Years Elapsed from Award Date               Percent Vested
     ----------------------------------               --------------
                     1                                      33%
                     2                                      66%
                     3                                     100%


Upon the  vesting  of any part of the  restricted  stock  award by virtue of the
lapse of the  restriction  period  set  forth  above or under  Section 4 of this
Agreement,  the Company shall cause a stock  certificate  covering the requisite
number  of  shares  in the name of the  Participant  or  beneficiary(ies)  to be
distributed   within  30  days  after  vesting.   Upon  receipt  of  such  stock
certificate(s),  the Participant or beneficiary(ies) are free to hold or dispose
of such certificate at will.


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

During the restriction  period, the shares covered by the restricted stock award
not already  vested are not  transferable  by the  Participant by means of sale,
assignment, exchange, pledge, or otherwise. However, the restriction period will
lapse upon a change of ownership  control within the meaning of Internal Revenue
Code  ss.368(c)  of Company or NBT  Bancorp  Inc.  The lapse of the  restriction
period will cause the restricted stock award to be fully vested.

3.   Stock Certificates.
The  stock  certificate(s)  evidencing  the  restricted  stock  award  shall  be
registered  in the  name  of the  Participant  as of the  Award  Date.  Physical
possession  or custody of such stock  certificate(s)  shall be  retained  by the
Company until such time as the shares are vested (i.e.  the  restriction  period
lapses).  The  Company  reserves  the  right  to  place a  legend  on the  stock
certificate(s) restricting the transferability of such certificate(s).

During the restriction period, except as otherwise provided in Section 2 of this
Agreement,  the Participant  shall be entitled to all rights of a stockholder of
the Company,  including the right to vote the shares and receive cash dividends.
Stock  dividends  declared by the Company will be  characterized  as  restricted
stock, and distributed with the principle restricted stock.

4.   Term of Directorship.
If the Participant  terminates  board  membership with the Company due to death,
disability,  retirement,  or  failure  to be  re-elected  or  re-appointed,  the
restricted stock award, to the extent not already vested,  shall vest in full as
of the date of such termination. Voluntary resignation or removal for cause will
result in forfeiture of the non-vested  grants.  The Participant may designate a
beneficiary(ies)  to receive the stock certificate  representing that portion of
the restricted stock award automatically  vested upon death. The participant has
the right to change such beneficiary designation at will.

5.   Duty to Notify.
It is the  Participant's  duty to notify the  Company  in the event an  Internal
Revenue Code ss.83(b) election is made in the year of the award.

6.   Withholding Taxes.
The Company  shall have the right to retain and withhold  from any payment under
the  restricted  stock awarded the amount of taxes required by any government to
be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment.  At its
discretion,  the Company may require a  Participant  receiving  shares of Common
Stock under a restricted stock award to reimburse the Company for any such taxes
required to be withheld by the Company and withhold any distribution in whole or
in part until the Company is so reimbursed.  In lieu thereof,  the Company shall

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

have the right to withhold from any other cash amounts due or to become due from
the Company to the  Participant an  amount equal to such  taxes  required  to be
withheld  by the Company  to reimburse the Company  for any such taxes or retain
and  withhold a number of shares  having a market value not less than the amount
of such taxes and cancel (in whole or in part) any such  shares so  withheld  in
order to  reimburse  the Company for any such taxes.

7.   Impact on Other Benefits.
The value of the restricted stock award (either on the Award Date or at the time
the shares are vested) shall not be includable as  compensation  or earnings for
purposes of any other benefit plan offered by the Company.

8.   Administration.
The  Compensation  Committee  shall have full authority and discretion to decide
all matters relating to the administration and interpretation of this Agreement.
The  Compensation  Committee  shall  have full power and  authority  to pass and
decide upon cases in conformity with the objectives of this Agreement under such
rules as the Board of Directors of the Company may establish.

Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board of Directors, or the
Compensation   Committee   arising   out  of,  or  in   connection   with,   the
administration,  interpretation,  and effect of this Agreement shall be at their
absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all parties. No member
of the Board of Directors,  Compensation  Committee,  or employee of the Company
shall  be  liable  for any act or  action  hereunder,  whether  of  omission  or
commission, by the Participant or by any agent to whom duties in connection with
the  administration of this Agreement have been delegated in accordance with the
provision of this Agreement.

9.   Company Relation with Participants.
Nothing in this Agreement  shall confer on the Participant any right to continue
as a director of the Company.

10.  Force and Effect.
The various  provisions of this Agreement are severable in their  entirety.  Any
determination of invalidity or  unenforceability of any one provision shall have
no effect on the continuing force and effect of the remaining provisions.

11.  Governing Laws.
Except to the extent  pre-empted  under  federal  law,  the  provisions  of this
Agreement shall be construed,  administered  and enforced in accordance with the
domestic internal law of the State of New York.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

12.  Entire Agreement.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and shall not be
modified or amended except in writing and duly signed by the parties.  No waiver
by either party of any default under this Agreement  shall be deemed a waiver of
any later default.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  Agreement on this
_____ day of ________, ________


                                         NBT BANCORP INC.

                                         By_______________________________
                                                       President


                                         And
                                         by_______________________________
                                                   CFO and Treasurer


                                           -------------------------------
                                                Signature of Participant


                                           -------------------------------
                                                   Name of Participant
                                                      (please print)






                                      -4-

<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT 10.17
        Restricted Stock Agreement between NBT BANK, N.A. and (Director).



<PAGE>

                           RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT 
                           -------------------------- 
                                     BETWEEN
                                     -------
                           NBT BANK, N.A. AND DIRECTOR
                           ---------------------------


         AGREEMENT  made as of January 1, 1999  by  and  between  NBT Bank, N.A.
("Company") and Director (Participant"):

         WHEREAS,  the  Participant  is a Director of the Company  and, as such,
receives an annual retainer fee in addition to fees for meeting attendance.  The
Company and  Participant  agree that the  Participant is entitled to receive the
retainer fee in Company Stock subject to the conditions specified below.

         THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises  and  covenants
contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1.       Award of Shares.
Under the terms of this  Agreement,  the Company has awarded the  Participant  a
Restricted stock award on January 1, 1999 ("Award Date"), covering 125 shares of
NBT Bancorp  Inc.  Common  Stock,  with a fair market  value equal to  $3,016.25
(annual director's retainer),  subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions
set forth in this agreement.

2.      Award Restrictions.
The shares covered by restricted  stock award shall vest in accordance  with the
schedule set forth below:

     Full Years Elapsed from Award Date                  Percent Vested
     ----------------------------------                  --------------
                    1                                          33%
                    2                                          66%
                    3                                         100%


Upon the  vesting  of any part of the  restricted  stock  award by virtue of the
lapse of the  restriction  period  set  forth  above or under  Section 4 of this
Agreement,  the Company shall cause a stock  certificate  covering the requisite
number  of  shares  in the name of the  Participant  or  beneficiary(ies)  to be
distributed   within  30  days  after  vesting.   Upon  receipt  of  such  stock
certificate(s),  the Participant or beneficiary(ies) are free to hold or dispose
of such certificate at will.

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

During the restriction  period, the shares covered by the restricted stock award
not already  vested are not  transferable  by the  Participant by means of sale,
assignment, exchange, pledge, or otherwise. However, the restriction period will
lapse upon a change of ownership  control within the meaning of Internal Revenue
Code  ss.368(c)  of Company or NBT  Bancorp  Inc.  The lapse of the  restriction
period will cause the restricted stock award to be fully vested.

3.       Stock Certificates.
The  stock  certificate(s)  evidencing  the  restricted  stock  award  shall  be
registered  in the  name  of the  Participant  as of the  Award  Date.  Physical
possession  or custody of such stock  certificate(s)  shall be  retained  by the
Company until such time as the shares are vested (i.e.  the  restriction  period
lapses).  The  Company  reserves  the  right  to  place a  legend  on the  stock
certificate(s) restricting the transferability of such certificate(s).

During the restriction period, except as otherwise provided in Section 2 of this
Agreement,  the Participant  shall be entitled to all rights of a stockholder of
the Company,  including the right to vote the shares and receive cash dividends.
Stock  dividends  declared by the Company will be  characterized  as  restricted
stock, and distributed with the principle restricted stock.

4.       Term of Directorship.
If the Participant  terminates  board  membership with the Company due to death,
disability,  retirement,  or  failure  to be  re-elected  or  re-appointed,  the
restricted stock award, to the extent not already vested,  shall vest in full as
of the date of such termination. Voluntary resignation or removal for cause will
result in forfeiture of the non-vested  grants.  The Participant may designate a
beneficiary(ies)  to receive the stock certificate  representing that portion of
the restricted stock award automatically  vested upon death. The participant has
the right to change such beneficiary designation at will.

5.       Duty to Notify.
It is the  Participant's  duty to notify the  Company  in the event an  Internal
Revenue Code ss.83(b) election is made in the year of the award.

6.       Withholding Taxes.
The Company  shall have the right to retain and withhold  from any payment under
the  restricted  stock awarded the amount of taxes required by any government to
be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment.  At its
discretion,  the Company may require a  Participant  receiving  shares of Common
Stock under a restricted stock award to reimburse the Company for any such taxes
required to be withheld by the Company and withhold any distribution in whole or
in part until the Company is so reimbursed.  In lieu thereof,  the Company shall

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

have the right to withhold from any other cash amounts due or to become due from
the Company to the  Participant an  amount  equal to such  taxes required  to be
withheld  by the Company  to reimburse the Company  for any such taxes or retain
and  ithhold a number of shares  having a market  value not less than the amount
of such taxes and cancel (in whole or in part) any such  shares so  withheld  in
order to  reimburse  the Company for any such taxes.

7.       Impact on Other Benefits.
The value of the restricted stock award (either on the Award Date or at the time
the shares are vested) shall not be includable as  compensation  or earnings for
purposes of any other benefit plan offered by the Company.

8.       Administration.
The  Compensation  Committee  shall have full authority and discretion to decide
all matters relating to the administration and interpretation of this Agreement.
The  Compensation  Committee  shall  have full power and  authority  to pass and
decide upon cases in conformity with the objectives of this Agreement under such
rules as the Board of Directors of the Company may establish.

Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board of Directors, or the
Compensation   Committee   arising   out  of,  or  in   connection   with,   the
administration,  interpretation,  and effect of this Agreement shall be at their
absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all parties. No member
of the Board of Directors,  Compensation  Committee,  or employee of the Company
shall  be  liable  for any act or  action  hereunder,  whether  of  omission  or
commission, by the Participant or by any agent to whom duties in connection with
the  administration of this Agreement have been delegated in accordance with the
provision of this Agreement.

9.       Company Relation with Participants.
Nothing in this Agreement  shall confer on the Participant any right to continue
as a director of the Company.

10.      Force and Effect.
The various  provisions of this Agreement are severable in their  entirety.  Any
determination of invalidity or  unenforceability of any one provision shall have
no effect on the continuing force and effect of the remaining provisions.

11.      Governing Laws.
Except to the extent  pre-empted  under  federal  law,  the  provisions  of this
Agreement shall be construed,  administered  and enforced in accordance with the
domestic internal law of the State of New York.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

12.      Entire Agreement.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and shall not be
modified or amended except in writing and duly signed by the parties.  No waiver
by either party of any default under this Agreement  shall be deemed a waiver of
any later default.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  Agreement on this
_____ day of ________, ________


                                        NBT BANK, N.A.

                                        By_______________________________
                                                    President


                                        And
                                        by_______________________________
                                                 CFO and Treasurer


                                          -------------------------------
                                              Signature of Participant


                                          -------------------------------
                                                Name of Participant
                                                   (please print)


                                      -4-



<PAGE>













                    

                                   EXHIBIT 21

                     List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant


<PAGE>


                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

NBT BANCORP INC. has one subsidiary, which is wholly owned:

NBT Bank, National Association
52 South Broad Street
Norwich, New York  13815

Telephone:  (607) 337-6000

E.I.N. 15-0395735



<PAGE>
















                                   EXHIBIT 23

                               Consent of KPMG LLP


<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
- -----------------------------


The Board of Directors
NBT Bancorp Inc.:


We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration  statements on Form
S-3 (File No. 33-12247) and Form S-8 (File Nos.  33-18976,  33-77410,  333-02925
and  333-67615)  of NBT Bancorp  Inc.  of our report  dated  January  22,  1999,
relating to the  consolidated  balance sheets of NBT Bancorp Inc. and subsidiary
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the related  consolidated  statements  of
income,  stockholders'  equity, cash flows and comprehensive  income for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998.




/s/ KPMG LLP

    KPMG LLP
Syracuse, New York
March 16, 1999



<PAGE>


















          
                                   EXHIBIT 27

                             Financial Data Schedule





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM NBT BANCORP
INC'S FORM 10-K FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                     1,000
<CURRENCY>                                U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                                      <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-1-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                          39,719
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           7,462
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    355,758
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          35,095
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            35,095
<LOANS>                                        821,505
<ALLOWANCE>                                     12,962
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,290,009
<DEPOSITS>                                   1,044,205
<SHORT-TERM>                                    96,589
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              8,412
<LONG-TERM>                                     10,171
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        13,016
<OTHER-SE>                                     117,616
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>               1,290,009
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 70,947
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               29,828
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   305
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               101,080
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              37,201
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              43,677
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           57,403
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                    4,599
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 624
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 39,128
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 23,655
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                      19,102
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    19,102
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.52
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.49
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    4.76
<LOANS-NON>                                      3,593
<LOANS-PAST>                                     1,158
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                 33,336
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                11,582
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                    4,152
<RECOVERIES>                                       933
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                               12,962
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                            11,438
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          1,524
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission